Перевод: со всех языков на английский

to be much obliged to one for a thing

1 ÞÖKK

(gen. þakkar, pl. þakkir), f.

1) pleasure, liking; gera e-t til þakka e-s, to one’s liking, to please a person;

2) thanks (Auðr tók þat með þökkum); mér er þökk á e-u, I am thankful for a thing; kunna e-m þökk fyrir e-t, to be much obliged to one for a thing; gera guði þakkir fyrir e-t, to thank God for a thing.

* * *

f., gen. þakkar, pl. þakkir; [Ulf. þagks = χάρις, Luke xvii. 9; A. S. þanc; Engl. thanks; Germ. dank; Dan. tak]:—prop. pleasure, liking, akin to þekkr, þokki, cp. Lat. gratia and gratus with grates and Gr. χαρά with χάρις, göra e-t til þakka e-s, to one’s liking, to please a person, Eg. 63; leggja e-t vel í þökk við en, 153: but usually,

II. thanks; Hrappr bað hann hafa þökk fyrir, Nj. 128; Auðr tók þat með þokkum, Fms. i. 247; þökk ok aufusa, see p. 32; kunna e-m þökk fyrir e-t, to be thankful, Bjarn. 24: so the phrase, mér er mesta þökk á því, to be obliged; þökk er mér á þinni hérkvámu, Fas. iii. 259; hón kunni þess önga þökk, she owed no thanks for it, Bjarn. 24; fyrir útan hvers manns þökk, whether they like it or not, D. N. ii. 39; Guðs þökk, God’s thanks, i. e. charity; göra tíund til Guðs þakka, Hom, (hence gustuk, q. v.); göra Guði þakkir, to thank God, Stj. 137, Fms. viii. 229, and passim. þakkar-görð, f. thanksgiving.

III. the name of a giantess in the myth of Balder, who would not weep for his death, hence the saying, Þökk grætr þurrum tárum, Thank weeps dry tears, Edda 39; a mythical word, prob. from a different root.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÞÖKK
2 aufusa

f. thanks, gratitude, satisfaction, pleasure;

kunna e-m aufúsu fyrir e-t, to be thankful, obliged to one, for a thing;

gefa e-m aufúsu, to thank;

e-m er aufusa á e-u, one is pleased, gratified, with;

ef yðr er þar nökkur aufusa á, if it be any pleasure to you;

var mönnum mikil aufusa á því, were much pleased by it.

* * *

u, f., in Norse MSS. spelt afusa, Dipl. i. 3; avusa, Str. 27, 54, Sks. 775 B; afuusa, N. G. L. i. 446. In Icel. always spelt with au, av, or ö, by changing the vowel, öfusa, aufusa, Ó. H. 155, where, however, some MSS. have aufussa, avfusa, Fms. viii. 39, 250; öfusa, Fs. 123; ofusa, 677. 3, Band. 6; öfussa, Bs. i. 481: the change of vowel is caused by the following f (v). The word is now quite obsolete, and its etymology is somewhat uncertain; it may be qs. á-fúss, or af-fúss, an ‘af-’ intens. and ‘fúss,’ willing, this last suggestion would best suit the Norse form. Its sense is thanks, gratitude, satisfaction, pleasure, and is almost exclusively used either as a supplement to ‘þökk’ or in such phrases as, kunna e-m au., or e-m er au. á e-u, to be pleased, gratified with; þakka með mikilli a., to thank heartily, Str. 27; ef yðr er þar nokkur a. á, if it be any pleasure to you, Fms. ix. 495; kunna e-m au. e-s, or with ‘at,’ to be thankful, Fb. ii. 257, Eg. 111, Ó. H. 56, Fms. viii. 1. c., Bs. i. 481, H. E. i. 432, Eg. 522, Sturl. iii. 125, Fær. 209, 677. 3; leggja at móti þökk ok au., Ó. H. 155; viljum vér au. gefa þeim góðum mönnum, we will thank them, Fms. viii. 250; var mönnum mikil ö. á því, much pleased by it, Fs. 123; hafa í móti þökk ok ö., Band. 19 new Ed.

COMPDS: aufusugestr, aufusuorð, aufvisusvipr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > aufusa
3 amo

ămo, āvi, ātum, 1, v. a. (amāsso = amavero, Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 23; id. Curc. 4, 4, 22; id. Mil. 4, 2, 16; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 28 Müll.:
amāsse = amavisse,
Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 11:
amantum = amantium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 4; Lucr. 4, 1077; Ov. A. A. 1, 439) [cf. Sanscr. kam = to love; hama = Sanscr. sam = Germ. sammt; Engl. same, Lat. similis; with the radical notion of likeness, union], to like, to love, eraô, phileô (both in the higher and the lower sense, opp. odisse; while diligere (agapô) designates esteem, regard; opp. neglegere or spernere; cf. Doed. Syn. IV. p. 97; in the high sense in the philos. writings and Epp. of Cicero; often in the low sense, esp. in the comic poets. In the Vulg. amo and amor are comparatively little used, prob. from their bad associations, amo being used 51 times and amor 20. Instead of these words, diligo, dilectio and caritas were used. Diligo (incl. dilectus) occurs 422 times, and dilectio and caritas 144 times in all; dilectio 43 and caritas 101 times).
I.
In gen.:
quid autem est amare, nisi velle bonis aliquem adfici, quam maximis, etiamsi ad se ex iis nihil redeat,
Cic. Fin. 2, 24:
amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames, nullā indigentiā, nullā utilitate quaesitā,
id. Am. 27, 100:
videas corde amare (eos) inter se,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 60; Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 42:
liberi amare patrem atque matrem videntur,
Gell. 12, 1, 23:
qui amat patrem aut matrem,
Vulg. Matt. 6, 5:
ipse Pater amat vos, h. l. used of God,
ib. Joan. 16, 27:
Cicerones pueri amant inter se,
love each other, Cic. Att. 6, 1:
magis te quam oculos nunc amo meos,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 67:
quem omnes amare meritissimo debemus,
Cic. de Or. 1, 55, 234.—So, amare aliquem ex animo, to love with all one's heart, Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5:
unice patriam et cives,
id. Cat. 3, 5:
aliquem amore singulari,
id. Fam. 15, 20:
sicut mater unicum amat filium suum,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 1, 26:
dignus amari,
Verg. E. 5, 89.—Amare in ccntr. with diligere, as stronger, more affectionate: Clodius valde me diligit, vel, ut emphatikôteron dicam, valde me amat, Cic. ad Brut. 1, 1; id. Fam. 9, 14:
eum a me non diligi solum, verum etiam amari,
id. ib. 13, 47; id. Fragm. ap. Non. 421, 30 (Orell. IV. 2, p. 466); Plin. Ep. 3, 9.—But diligere, as indicative of esteem, is more emph. than amare, which denotes an instinctive or affectionate love:
non quo quemquam plus amem, aut plus diligam, Eo feci, sed, etc.,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 16:
homo nobilis, qui a suis et amari et diligi vellet,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23:
te semper amavi dilexique,
have loved and esteemed, id. Fam. 15, 7: diligis (agapais) me plus his? Etiam, Domine, tu scis quia amo (philô) te, Vulg. Joan. 21, 15 sqq., ubi v. Alford, Gr. Test. al.—Hence in asseverations: ita (sic) me dii (bene) ament or amabunt, so may the gods love me, by the love of the gods, most assuredly:
ita me di amabunt, etc.,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 3, 30 (v. the pass. in its connection):
ita me di ament, credo,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 44:
non, ita me di bene ament,
id. Hec. 2, 1, 9:
sic me di amabunt, ut, etc.,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—Hence also ellipt.: ita me Juppiter! (sc. amet or amabit), Plaut. Poen. 1, 3, 31 (so in Engl. with different ellipsis, bless me! sc. God).—And as a salutation: Me. Salvus atque fortunatus, Euclio, semper sies. Eu. Di te ament, Me gadore, the gods bless you! Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 6 al.—
II.
Esp.
A.
Amare se, of vain men, to be in love with, to be pleased with one's self, also, to be selfish (used mostly by Cic.):
quam se ipse amans sine rivali!
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8:
nisi nosmet ipsos valde amabimus,
id. Off. 1, 9, 29; so id. Att. 4, 16 med.; id. Har. Resp. 9:
homines se ipsos amantes,
Vulg. 2 Tim. 3, 2.—
B.
Of unlawful love, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 30:
ut videas eam medullitus me amare!
id. Most. 1, 3, 86 et saep.:
meum gnatum rumor est amare,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 14; 1, 2, 20 al.:
ibi primum insuevit exercitus populi Romani amare, potare, etc.,
Sall. C. 11, 6:
quae (via) eo me solvat amantem,
Verg. A. 4, 479:
non aequo foedere amare,
id. ib. 4, 520; Hor. S. 2, 3, 250 Heind.; Vulg. Jud. 16, 4; ib. 2 Reg. 13, 4 al. —
C.
Trop., to love a thing, to like, to be fond of, to find pleasure in, delight in:
nomen, orationem, vultum, incessum alicujus amare,
Cic. Sest. 49, 105:
amavi amorem tuum,
id. Fam. 9, 16:
Alexidis manum amabam,
id. Att. 7, 2:
amabat litteras,
Nep. Att. 1, 2:
ea, quae res secundae amant, lasciviā atque superbiā incessere,
Sall. J. 41, 3:
amare nemus et fugere urbem,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 77:
amat bonus otia Daphnis,
Verg. E. 5, 61:
non omnes eadem mirantur amantque,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 58:
mirā diversitate naturā, cum īdem homines sic ament inertiam et oderint quietem,
Tac. G. 15:
pax et quies tunc tantum amata,
id. ib. 40:
qui amant vinum et pinguia,
Vulg. Prov. 21, 17:
amant salutationes in foro,
ib. Luc. 20, 46: amat Janua limen, loves to remain shut, i. e. is constantly closed, Hor. C. 1, 25, 3; so,
Nilus amet alveum suum,
keep to its bed, Plin. Pan. 31, 4 al. —With inf. as object:
hic ames dici pater atque princeps,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 50:
amant in synagogis orare,
Vulg. Matt. 6, 5.—
D.
Amare aliquem de or in aliquā re, quod, etc., to like one for something, to be obliged to one for something, to be under obligation, be thankful.
a.
With de:
ecquid nos amas De fidicinā istac?
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 3:
de raudusculo multum te amo,
Cic. Att. 7, 2, 7.—
b.
With in:
et in Attilii negotio te amavi,
Cic. Fam. 13, 62.—
c.
With quod:
te multum amamus, quod, etc.,
Cic. Att. 1, 3: amas me, quod te non vidi? Domit. Afer. ap. Quint. 6, 3, 93.—Also without prep. or quod: soror, parce, amabo. Anter. Quiesco. Adelph. Ergo amo te, I like you, am much obliged to you, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 40:
bene facis: Merito te amo,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 23.—Hence in the eilipt. lang. of conversation, amabo or amabo te (never amabo vos, etc.), lit. I shall like you ( if you say, do, etc., that for me).—Hence in entreaties = oro, quaeso, precor (with ut or ne foll.), be so good, I pray, entreat you (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.; in the latter always amabo without te;
in Cic. only in Epistt.): quis hic, amabo, est, qui, etc.,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 26:
qui, amabo?
id. Bacch. 1, 1, 19:
quid, amabo, obticuisti?
id. ib. 1, 1, 28 et saep.:
id, amabo, adjuta me,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 70:
id agite, amabo,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50 al.; Cat. 32, 1:
id, amabo te, huic caveas,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 10; id. Men. 4, 3, 4:
amabo te, advola,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 10:
cura, amabo te, Ciceronem nostrum,
id. Att. 2, 2.—With ut or ne foll.:
scin quid te amabo ut facias?
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 71; 3, 3, 1:
amabo, ut illuc transeas,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 31:
amabo te, ne improbitati meae assignes, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 4.—
E.
With inf., to do a thing willingly, to be wont or accustomed to (cf. phileô; mostly poet. or in post-Aug. prose):
clamore, vultu, saepe impetu, atque aliis omnibus, quae ira fieri amat,
delights to have done, is wont to do, Sall. J. 34, 1; cf. Quint. 9, 3, 17:
aurum per medios ire satellites Et perrumpere amat saxa potentius Ictu fulmineo,
Hor. C. 3, 16, 9; so id. ib. 2, 3, 9; id. Epod. 8, 15; Plin. 13, 4, 7, § 28; Tac. A. 4, 9.—Hence, ămans, antis, P. a., with gen. or absol.
A.
Fond, loving, kind, feeling kindly to, benevolent, pleasing; and subst., a friend, patron:
continentem, amantem uxoris maxime,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 7:
veterem amicum suum studiosum, amantem, observantem sui,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16:
homines amantes tui,
id. Fam. 9, 6:
cives amantes patriae,
id. Att. 9, 19; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5:
amans cruoris,
Ov. P. 2, 9, 46:
ad nos amantissimos tui veni,
Cic. Fam. 16, 7:
Amantissimus Domini habitabit in eo,
Vulg. Deut. 33, 12; ib. Amos, 5, 11: amantissima eorum non proderunt iis, their most [p. 108] pleasant things, ib. Isa. 44, 9; so ib. Os. 9, 16.—
B.
Trop., of things, friendly, affectionate:
nomen amantius indulgentiusque,
Cic. Clu. 5:
lenissimis et amantissimis verbis utens,
id. Fam. 5, 15 al. —
C.
Sometimes in a bad sense = amator or amica, a paramour; cf. Wolf ad Cic. Tusc. 4, 12, 27; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 38:
quis fallere possit amantem,
Verg. A. 4, 296; 4, 429:
amantium irae amoris integratio est,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 23:
oblitos famae melioris amantīs,
Verg. A. 4, 221:
perjuria amantūm,
Ov. A. A. 1, 633.— Hence, ămanter, adv., lovingly, affectionately, Cic. Fam. 5, 19; id. Att. 2, 4.— Comp., Tac. A. 1, 43.— Sup., Cic. Am. 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > amo
4 bene

bĕnĕ, adv. of manner and intensity [bonus; the first vowel assimilated to the e of the foll. syllable; cf. Corss. Ausspr. 2, 366], well ( comp. melius, better; sup. optime [v. bonus init. ], best; often to be rendered by more specific Engl. adverbs).
I.
As adjunct of verbs.
A.
In gen.
1.
Of physical or external goodness, usefulness, ornament, and comfort:
villam rusticam bene aedificatam habere expedit,
Cato, R. R. 3:
villam bonam beneque aedificatam,
Cic. Off. 3, 13, 55:
quid est agrum bene colere? Bene arare,
Cato, R. R. 61:
agro bene culto nihil potest esse... uberius,
Cic. Sen. 16, 57:
ubi cocta erit bene,
Cato, R. R. 157; 3; 4;
32 et saep.: te auratam et vestitam bene,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 50: ornatus hic satis me condecet? Ps. Optume, it is very becoming, id. Ps. 4, 1, 26:
me bene curata cute vises,
well tended, Hor. Ep. 1, 4, 15:
bene olere,
Verg. E. 2, 48:
bene sonare,
Quint. 8, 3, 16:
neque tamen non inprimis bene habitavit,
in the very best style, Nep. Att. 13, 1:
a Catone cum quaereretur, quid maxime in re familiari expediret, respondet Bene pascere? Quid secundum? Satis bene pascere,
Cic. Off. 2, 25, 89: so,
bene cenare,
Cat. 13, 17; Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 56:
bene de rebus domesticis constitutum esse,
to be in good circumstances, Cic. Sest. 45, 97;
similarly: rem (i. e. familiarem) bene paratam comitate perdidit,
well arranged, Plaut. Rud. prol. 38.—
2.
With respect to the mind.
a.
Perception, knowledge, ability:
quas tam bene noverat quam paedagogos nostros novimus,
Sen. Ep. 27, 5:
quin melius novi quam te et vidi saepius,
Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 22:
novi optime (Bacchus) et saepe vidi,
Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 2:
qui optime suos nosse deberet,
Nep. Con. 4, 1; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 1; id. S. 1, 9, 22: satin' haec meministi et tenes? Pa. Melius quam tu qui docuisti, Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 2:
quod eo mihi melius cernere videor quo ab eo proprius absum,
Cic. Sen. 21, 77:
ut hic melius quam ipse illa scire videatur,
id. de Or. 1, 15, 66; id. Or. 38, 132:
cum Sophocles vel optime scripserit Electram suam,
id. Fin. 1, 2, 5:
gubernatoris ars quia bene navigandi rationem habet,
of able seamanship, id. ib. 1, 13, 42:
melius in Volscis imperatum est,
better generalship was displayed, Liv. 2, 63, 6:
nihil melius quam omnis mundus administratur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 34, 59: de medico bene existimari scribis, that he is well thought ( spoken) of, i. e. his ability, id. Fam. 16, 14, 1:
prudentibus et bene institutis,
well educated, id. Sen. 14, 50:
sapientibus et bene natura constitutis,
endowed with good natural talent, id. Sest. 65, 137:
quodsi melius geruntur ea quae consilio geruntur quam, etc.,
more ably, id. Inv. 1, 34, 59:
tabulas bene pictas collocare in bono lumine,
good paintings, id. Brut. 75, 261:
canere melius,
Verg. E. 9, 67; Quint. 10, 1, 91:
bene pronuntiare,
id. 11, 3, 12:
bene respondere interrogationibus,
id. 5, 7, 28; 6, 3, 81.—
b.
Of feeling, judgment, and will:
similis in utroque nostrum, cum optime sentiremus, error fuit,
when we had the best intentions, Cic. Fam. 4, 2, 3; so id. ib. 6, 4, 2; so,
bene sentire,
id. ib. 6, 1, 3; so,
bene, optime de re publica sentire,
to hold sound views on public affairs, id. Off. 1, 41, 149; id. Fam. 4, 14, 1; id. Phil. 3, 9, 23:
bene animatas eas (insulas) confirmavit,
well disposed, Nep. Cim. 2, 4:
ei causae quam Pompeius animatus melius quam paratus susceperat,
Cic. Fam. 6, 6, 10; so, optime animati, Varr. ap. Non. p. 201, 7:
quod bene cogitasti aliquando, laudo,
that you had good intentions, Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 34:
se vero bene sperare (i. e. de bello),
had good hopes, Liv. 6, 6, 18:
sperabis omnia optime,
Cic. Fam. 4, 13, 7:
tibi bene ex animo volo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6; so freq.: bene alicui velle, v. volo: bene aliquid consulere, to plan something well:
vigilando, agendo, bene consulendo prospera omnia cedunt,
Sall. C. 52, 29:
omnia non bene consulta,
id. J. 92, 2. —
c.
Of morality, honesty, honor, etc.
(α).
Bene vivere, or bene beateque vivere ( = kalôs kagathôs), to lead a moral and happy life:
qui virtutem habeat, eum nullius rei ad bene vivendum indigere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 51, 93:
in dialectica vestra nullam esse ad melius vivendum vim,
id. Fin. 1, 19, 63:
quod ni ita accideret et melius et prudentius viveretur,
id. Sen. 19, 67; cf. id. Ac. 1, 4, 15; id. Fin. 1, 13, 45; id. Off. 1, 6, 19; id. Fam. 4, 3, 3 et saep. (for another meaning of bene vivere, cf. e. infra).—
(β).
Bene mori, to die honorably, bravely, creditably, gloriously:
qui se bene mori quam turpiter vivere maluit,
Liv. 22, 50, 7:
ne ferrum quidem ad bene moriendum oblaturus est hostis,
id. 9, 3, 3; so id. 21, 42, 4:
tum potui, Medea, mori bene,
Ov. H. 12, 5.—
(γ).
Bene partum, what is honestly, honorably earned or acquired:
multa bona bene parta habemus,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 65:
mei patris bene parta indiligenter Tutatur,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 5:
res familiaris primum bene parta sit, nullo neque turpi quaestu, neque odioso,
Cic. Off. 1, 26, 92:
diutine uti bene licet partum bene,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 15; Sall. C. 51, 42 (cf.:
mala parta,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 65:
male par tum,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 22).—
(δ).
Apud bonos bene agier, an old legal formula: bona fide agi (v. bonus), to be transacted in good faith among good men. ubi erit illa formula fiduciae ut inter bonos bene agier oportet? Cic. Fam. 7, 12, 2; id. Off. 3, 15, 61; 3, 17, 70.—
(ε).
Non bene = male, not faithfully:
esse metus coepit ne jura jugalia conjunx Non bene servasset,
Ov. M. 7, 716.—
d.
Representing an action as right or correct, well, rightly, correctly: bene mones, Ibo, you are right ( to admonish me), Ter. And. 2, 2, 36:
sequi recusarunt bene monentem,
Liv. 22, 60, 17:
quom mihi et bene praecipitis, et, etc.,
since you give sound advice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 55; so Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 6; 3, 3, 80; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 372, 7:
bene enim majores accubitionem epularem amicorum convivium nominarunt, melius quam Graeci,
Cic. Sen. 13, 45:
hoc bene censuit Scaevola,
correctly, Dig. 17, 1, 48.—
e.
Pleasantly, satisfactorily, profitably, prosperously, fortunately, successfully:
nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo atque animo ut lubet,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111:
nihil adferrent quo jucundius, id est melius, viveremus,
Cic. Fin. 1, 41, 72:
si bene qui cenat, bene vivit,
Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 56: quamobrem melius apud bonos quam apud fortunatos beneficium collocari puto, is better or more profitably invested, Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71:
perdenda sunt multa beneficia ut semel ponas bene, Sen. Ben. poet. 1, 2, 1: etiamsi nullum (beneficium) bene positurus sit,
id. ib. 1, 2, 2:
quando hoc bene successit,
Ter. Ad. 2, 4, 23: bene ambulatum'st? Di. Huc quidem, hercle, ad te bene, Quia tui vivendi copia'st, has your walk been pleasant? Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 18:
melius ominare,
use words of better omen, id. Rud. 2, 3, 7; Cic. Brut. 96, 329:
qui se suamque aetatem bene curant,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 36.—So, bene (se) habere: ut bene me haberem filiai nuptiis, have a good time at, etc., Plaut. Aul. 2, 8, 2:
qui se bene habet suisque amicis usui est,
who enjoys his life and is a boon companion, id. Mil. 3, 1, 128:
nam hanc bene se habere aetatem nimio'st aequius,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 6: bene consulere alicui, to take good care for somebody ' s interests:
tuae rei bene consulere cupio,
id. Trin. 3, 2, 9:
ut qui mihi consultum optume velit esse,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 1:
me optime consulentem saluti suae,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 2:
qui se ad sapientes viros bene consulentes rei publicae contulerunt,
id. Off. 2, 13, 46.—So, bene mereri, and rarely bene merere, to deserve well of one, i. e. act for his advantage; absol. or with de:
addecet Bene me, renti bene referre gratiam,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 36:
Licinii aps te bene merenti male refertur gratia?
id. Ps. 1, 3, 86:
ut memorem in bene meritos animum praestarem,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 10:
cogor nonnumquam homines non optime de me meritos rogatu eorum qui bene meriti sunt, defendere,
id. ib. 7, 1, 4:
tam bene meritis de nomine Punico militibus,
Liv. 23, 12, 5:
si bene quid de te merui,
Verg. A. 4, 317; cf. Cic. Opt. Gen. 7, 20; id. Sest. 1, 2; 12, 39; 66, 139; 68, 142; id. Mil. 36, 99; id. Phil. 2, 14, 36 et saep.; v. mereo, D. and P. a.—So esp. referring to price: bene emere, to buy advantageously, i. e. cheaply; bene vendere, to sell advantageously, i. e. at a high price: bene ego hercle vendidi te, Plaut. [p. 230] Durc. 4, 2, 34:
et quoniam vendat, velle quam optime vendere,
Cic. Off. 3, 12, 51:
ita nec ut emat melius, nec ut vendat quidquam, simulabit vir bonus,
id. ib. 3, 15, 61: vin' bene emere? Do. Vin' tu pulcre vendere? Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 38:
melius emetur,
Cato, R. R. 1: quo melius emptum sciatis, Cic. ap. Suet. Caes. 50 fin.:
qui vita bene credat emi honorem,
cheaply, Verg. A. 9, 206; Sil 4, 756.—
f.
Expressing kindness, thanks, etc.: bene facis, bene vocas, bene narras, I thank you, am obliged to you for doing, calling, saying (colloq.): merito amo te. Ph. Bene facis, thanks! Ter Eun. 1, 2, 106; cf.:
in consuetudinem venit, bene facis et fecisti non mdicantis esse, sed gratias agentis, Don. ad loc.' placet, bene facitis,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 6, 43: dividuom talentum faciam. La. Bene facis, id. ib. 5, 3, 52: si quid erit dubium, immutabo Da. Bene fecisti, id. Ep. 5, 1, 40 Lo. Adeas, si velis. La. Bene hercle factum vobis habeo gratiam. Accedam propius, id. Rud. 3, 6, 2; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 10.—With gratiam habere: bene fecisti;
gratiam habeo maximam,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 61; cf.
bene benigneque arbitror te facere,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 130: quin etiam Graecis licebit utare cum voles... Bene sane facis, sed enitar ut Latine loquar, I thank you for the permission, but, etc., Cic. Ac. 1, 7, 25: an exitum Cassi Maelique expectem? Bene facitis quod abominamini... sed, etc., I am much obliged to you for abhorring this, but, etc., Liv. 6, 18, 9: bene edepol narras; nam illi faveo virgini, thanks for telling me, for, etc., Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 7 (cf.:
male hercule narras,
I owe you little thanks for saying so, Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 10):
bene, ita me di ament, nuntias,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 20:
benenarras,
Cic. Att. 16, 14, 4; 13, 33, 2: tu ad matrem adi. Bene vocas; benigne dicis Cras apud te, thanks for your invitation, but, etc., Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 108: eamus intro ut prandeamus. Men. Bene vocas, tam gratia'st, id. Men. 2, 3, 41.—
g.
Of accuracy, etc., well, accurately, truly, completely:
cum ceterae partes aetatis bene descriptae sint,
Cic. Sen. 2, 5:
cui bene librato... Obstitit ramus,
Ov. M. 8, 409:
at bene si quaeras,
id. ib. 3, 141:
tibi comprimam linguam. Hau potes: Bene pudiceque adservatur,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 196:
bene dissimulare amorem,
entirely, Ter. And. 1, 1, 105:
quis enim bene celat amorem?
Ov. H. 12, 37.—So with a negation, = male restat parvam quod non bene compleat urnam, Ov. M. 12, 615: non bene conveniunt... Majestas et amor, id. ib 2, 846.—Redundant, with vix (Ovid.):
vix bene Castalio descenderat antro, Incustoditam lente videt ire juvencam ( = vix descenderat cum, etc.),
Ov. M. 3, 14:
tactum vix bene limen erat, Aesonides, dixi, quid agit meus?
id. H. 6, 24:
vix bene desieram, rettulit illa mihi,
id. F 5, 277.—
h.
Sup., most opportunely, at the nick of time (comic):
sed eccum meum gnatum optume video,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 57:
sed optume eccum exit senex,
id. Rud. 3, 3, 44. optume adveniens, puere, cape Chlamydem, etc., id. Merc. 5, 2, 69: Davum optume Video, Ter And. 2, 1, 35; 4, 2, 3; Plaut. Rud. 3, 5, 25; 4, 5, 19; Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 66; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 9; 5, 5, 2.—
i.
Pregn.: bene polliceri = large polliceri, to make liberal promises ' praecepit ut ceteros adeant, bene polliceantur, Sall. C. 41, 5; cf.: bene promittere, to promise success:
quae autem inconstantia deorum ut primis minentur extis, bene promittant secundis?
Cic. Div. 2, 17, 38.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Bene dicere.
a.
To speak well, i. e. eloquently:
qui optime dicunt,
the most eloquent, Cic. de Or. 1, 26, 119; 2, 2, 5:
etiam bene dicere haud absurdum est,
Sall. C. 3, 1:
abunde dixit bene quisquis rei satisfecit,
Quint. 12, 9, 7;
cf: bene loqui,
to use good language, speak good Latin, Cic. Brut. 58, 212, 64, 228.—
b.
To speak ably:
multo oratorem melius quam ipsos illos quorum eae sint artes esse dicturum,
Cic. Or. 1, 15, 65; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 4. bene dicendi scientia, Quint. 7, 3, 12.—
c.
To speak correctly or elegantly:
eum et Attice dicere et optime, ut..bene dicere id sit, Attice dicere,
Cic. Opt. Gen. 4, 13 ' optime dicta, Quint. 10, 1, 19.—So, bene loqui:
ut esset perfecta illa bene loquendi laus,
Cic. Brut. 72, 252:
at loquitur pulchre. Num melius quam Plato?
id. Opt. Gen. 5, 16.—
d.
To speak well, i e. kindly, of one, to praise him; absol. or with dat., or reflex., with inter (less correctly as one word, benedicere): cui bene dixit umquam bono? Of what good man has he ever spoken well, or, what good man has he ever praised, Cic. Sest. 52, 110. bene, quaeso, inter vos dicatis, et amice absenti tamen, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 31.—Ironically:
bene equidem tibi dico qui te digna ut eveniant precor,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 26:
nec tibi cessaret doctus bene dicere lector,
Ov. Tr. 5, 9, 9: cui a viris bonis bene dicatur, Metell. Numid. ap. Gell. 6, 11, 3.— And dat understood:
si bene dicatis (i. e. mihi) vostra ripa vos sequar,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 18 ' omnes bene dicunt (ei), et amant (eum), Ter. Ad. 5, 4, 11:
ad bene dicendum (i e. alteri) delectandumque redacti,
Hor. Ep 2, 1, 155 —Part. ' indignis si male dicitur, male dictum id esse duco;
Verum si dignis dicitur, bene dictum'st,
is a praise, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 27 sq.: nec bene nec male dicta profuerunt ad confirmandos animos, Liv 23, 46, 1; cf. Ter. Phorm. prol. 20 infra. —Bene audio = bene dicitur mihi, I am praised:
bene dictis si certasset, audisset bene,
Ter. Phorm. prol. 20; v. audio, 5.—
e.
To use words of good omen (euphêmein): Ol. Quid si fors aliter quam voles evenerit? St. Bene dice, dis sum fretus ( = fave lingua, melius ominare), Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 38 heja, bene dicito, id. As. 3, 3, 155.—
f.
Bene dixisti, a formula of approbation: ne quan do iratus tu alio conferas. Th. Bene dixti, you are right, Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 61. bene et sapienter dixti dudum, etc., it was a good and wise remark of yours that, etc., id. Ad. 5, 8, 30.—
g.
Bene dicta, fine or specious, plausible words (opp. deeds):
bene dictis tuis bene facta aures meae expostulant,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 25; so,
bene loqui: male corde consultare, Bene lingua loqui,
use fine words, Plaut. Truc. 2, 1, 16.—
2.
Bene facere.
a.
Bene aliquid facere, to do, make, something well, i. e. ably (v. I. A. 2. a. supra):
vel non facere quod non op time possis, vel facere quod non pessime facias,
Cic. Or. 2, 20, 86:
non tamen haec quia possunt bene aliquando fieri passim facienda sunt,
Quint. 4, 1, 70:
Jovem Phidias optime fecit,
id. 2, 3, 6; so, melius facere, Afran. ap. Macr. 6, 1.— P. a.:
quid labor aut bene facta juvant?
his labor and well-done works are no pleasure to him, Verg. G. 3, 525. —
b.
Bene facere, with dat. absol., with in and abl., or with erga, to do a good action, to benefit somebody, to impart benefits (less cor rectly as one word, benefacio)
(α).
With dat.:
bonus bonis bene feceris,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 60:
bene si amico feceris, ne pigeat fecisse,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 66:
malo bene facere tantumdem est periculum quantum bono male facere,
id. Poen. 3, 3, 20:
homini id quod tu facis bene,
id. Ep 1, 2, 33:
tibi lubens bene faxim,
Ter. Ad. 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 8; 5, 8, 25:
at tibi di semper... faciant bene,
may the gods bless you, Plaut. Men. 5, 7, 32:
di tibi Bene faciant,
Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 20; so Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 18.— Pass.:
quod bonis bene fit beneficium,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 108:
pulchrum est bene facere reipublicae,
Sall. C. 3, 1:
ego ne ingratis quidem bene facere absistam,
Liv. 36, 35, 4.—Reflexively. sibi bene facere, enjoy one ' s self, have a good time, genio indulgere (v. I. A. 2. e. supra): nec quisquam est tam ingenio duro quin, ubi quidquam occasionis sit sibi faciat bene, Plaut. As. grex 5.—
(β).
With in and abl.:
quoniam bene quae in me fecerunt, ingrata ea habui,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 30.—
(γ).
With erga:
si quid amicum erga bene feci,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 4.—
(δ).
With ellipsis of dat., to impart benefits:
ingrata atque irrita esse omnia intellego Quae dedi et quod bene feci,
Plaut. As. 1, 2, 11:
quod bene fecisti, referetur gratia,
id. Capt. 5, 1, 20:
ego quod bene feci, male feci,
id. Ep. 1, 2, 34; id. Trin. 2, 2, 41:
si beneficia in rebus, non in ipsa benefaciendi voluntate consisterent,
Sen. Ben. 1, 7, 1:
benefaciendi animus,
id. ib. 2, 19, 1.—So esp. in formula of thanks, etc.' bene benigneque arbitror te facere, I thank you heartily, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 129: Jup. Jam nunc irata non es? Alc. Non sum. Jup. Bene facis, id. Am. 3, 2, 56; v Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 384.—P. a. as subst.: bĕnĕ facta, orum, n., benefits, benefactions (cf. beneficium): bene facta male locata male facta arbitror, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 2, 18, 62 (Trag. v 429 Vahl.): pol, bene facta tua me hortantur tuo ut imperio paream, Plaut Pers. 5, 2, 65: pro bene factis ejus uti ei pretium possim reddere. id. Capt. 5, 1, 20;
bene facta referre,
Claud. Laud. Stil. 3, 182 tenere, id. ib. 2, 42.—So freq. in eccl. writ ers:
et si bene feceritis his qui vobis bene faciunt,
Vulg. Luc. 6, 33:
bene facite his qui oderunt vos,
id. Matt. 5, 44.—
(ε).
Absol., to do good, perform meritorious acts (in fin. verb only eccl. Lat.)' discite bene facere, Vulg. Isa. 1, 17:
interrogo vos si licet sabbatis bene facere an male,
id. Luc. 6, 9:
qui bene facit, ex Deo est,
id. Joan. Ep. 3, 11.— In P a. (class.): bene facta (almost always in plur.), merits, meritorious acts, brave deeds:
bene facta recte facta sunt,
Cic. Par 3, 1, 22:
omnia bene facta in luce se collocari volunt,
id. Tusc. 2, 26, 64; id. Sen. 3, 9:
bene facta mea reipublicae procedunt,
Sall. J 85, 5, cf. id. C. 8, 5; id. H. Fragm. 1, 19: veteribus bene factis nova pensantes maleficia, Liv 37, 1, 2; cf. Quint. 3, 7, 13, 12, 1, 41; Prop. 2, 1, 24; Ov. M. 15, 850, Claud. VI. Cons. Hon. 386.— Sing.: bene factum a vobis, dum vivitis non abscedet, Cato ap. Gell. 16, 1, 4.—
(ζ).
In medical language, to be of good effect, benefit, do good:
id bene faciet et alvum bonam faciet,
Cato, R. R. 157, 6.—So with ad: ad capitis dolorem bene facit serpyllum, Scrib Comp. 1; so id. ib. 5; 9; 13; 41.—
(η).
In the phrase bene facis, etc., as a formula of thanks, v I A. 2. f. supra.—
(θ).
Expressing joy, I am glad of it, I am glad that etc. (comic.) Da. Tua quae fuit Palaestra, ea filia inventa'st mea. La. Bene meher cule factum'st, Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 9: bis tanto valeo quam valui prius. Ly. Bene hercle factum et gaudeo, id. Merc. 2, 2, 27; Ter And. 5, 6, 11; id. Hec. 5, 4, 17; id. Eun. 5, 8, 7:
bene factum et volup est hodie me his mulierculis Tetulisse auxilium,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 1, 1; Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 11; so, bene factum gaudeo: nam hic noster pater est Ant. Ita me Juppiter bene amet, benefac tum gaudeo, Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 47; Ter Phorm. 5, 6, 43; cf.: Me. Rex Creo vigiles nocturnos singulos semper locat. So. Bene facit, quia nos eramus peregri, tutatu'st domum, I am glad of it, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 19. bene fecit A. Silius qui transegerit: neque enim ei deesse volebam, et quid possem timebam, I am glad that A. Silius, etc., Cic. Att. 12, 24, 1.—
3.
With esse.
a.
Bene est, impers., it is well.
(α).
In the epistolary formula: si vales bene est; or, si vales bene est, (ego) valeo (abbrev. S.V.B.E.V.), Afran. ap Prisc. p 804 P; Cic. Fam. 5, 14, 1; 10, 34, 1; 4, 1, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 7, 1; 5, 9, 1; 5, 10, 1; 10, 33, 1; 10, 14, 8; 10, 14, 11;
14, 14, 1, 14, 14, 16: si valetis gaudeo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 41 —These formulas were obsolete at Seneca's time: mos antiquis fuit, usque ad meam servatus aetatem, primis epistulae verbis adicere: Si vales, bene est;
ego valeo,
Sen. Ep. 15, 1.—
(β).
= bene factum est (cf. I. 2. k. supra): oculis quoque etiam plus jam video quam prius: Ly. Bene est, Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 26: hic est intus filius apud nos tuus. De. Optume'st, id. ib. 5, 4, 49; Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 48, 5, 5, 3; id. Hec. 5, 4, 31.—
b.
Bene est alicui, impers., it is ( goes) well with one, one does well, is well off, enjoys himself, is happy: nam si curent, bene bonis sit, male malis, quod nunc abest, Enn ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 32, 79 (Trag. v. 355 Vahl.):
bona si esse veis, bene erit tibi,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 12:
quia illi, unde huc abvecta sum, malis bene esse solitum'st,
id. ib. 3, 1, 13:
qui neque tibi bene esse patere, et illis qui bus est invides,
id. Ps. 4, 7, 35 (so id. Trin. 2, 2, 71): num quippiam aluit me vis? De. Ut bene sit tibi, id Pers. 4, 8, 5; id. Poen. 4, 2, 90; Ter Phorm. 1, 2, 101: nemini nimium bene est, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 185 P.:
si non est, jurat bene solis esse maritis,
Hor. Ep 1, 1, 88:
nec tamen illis bene erit, quia non bono gaudent,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 11, 4: BENE SIT NOBIS, Inscr Orell. 4754; Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 95; 4, 2, 36; id. Curc. 4, 2, 31; id. Pers. 5, 2, 74; id. Stich. 5, 5, 12; id. Merc. 2, 2, 55; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 9.— Comp.: istas minas decem, qui me procurem dum melius sit mi, des. Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 40:
spero ex tuis litteris tibi melius esse,
that your health is better, Cic. Fam. 16, 22, 1; Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 1; Ter And. 2, 5, 16.—With dat. understood: patria est ubi cumque est bene (i. e. cuique), where one does well, there is his country, Poet. ap. Cic Tusc 5, 37, 108 (Trag. Rel. inc. p. 248 Rib). [p. 231] —With abl., to be well off in, to feast upon a thing:
ubi illi bene sit ligno, aqua calida, cibo, vestimentis,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 39:
at mihi bene erat, non piscibus, Sed pullo atque hoedo,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 120.—
c.
Bene sum = bene mihi est:
minore nusquam bene fui dispendio,
Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 20:
de eo (argento) nunc bene sunt tua virtute,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 28: dato qui bene sit;
ego ubi bene sit tibi locum lepidum dabo,
id. Bacch. 1, 1, 51:
scis bene esse si sit unde,
id. Capt. 4, 2, 70.—
4.
Bene habere.
a.
With subj. nom.
(α).
To enjoy, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. I. A. 2. e. supra.—
(β).
To be favorable, to favor:
bene habent tibi principia,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 82. —
(γ).
With se, to be well, well off. imperator se bene habet, it is well with, Sen. Ep. 24, 9; cf.:
si te bene habes,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 122 Brix ad loc.—
b.
Hoc bene habet, or bene habet, impers. ( = res se bene habet), it is well, matters stand well:
bene habet: jacta sunt fundamenta defensionis,
Cic. Mur. 6, 14:
bene habet: di pium movere bellum,
Liv. 8, 6, 4:
atque bene habet si a collega litatum est,
id. 8, 9, 1; Juv. 10, 72; Stat. Th. 11, 557.— So pers.: bene habemus nos, si in his spes est;
opinor, aliud agamus,
we are well off, Cic. Att. 2, 8, 1.—
5.
Bene agere, with cum and abl.
(α).
To treat one well:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3.—
(β).
Impers.: bene agitur cum aliquo, it goes well with one, he is fortunate:
bene dicat secum esse actum,
that he has come off well, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 2:
non tam bene cum rebus humanis agitur ut meliora pluribus placeant,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 1.— With ellipsis of cum and abl.:
si hinc non abeo intestatus, bene agitur pro noxia (sc. mecum),
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
6.
Rem (negotium) bene gerere.
(α).
To administer well private or public affairs: multi suam rem bene gessere et publicam patria procul, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. Rel. v. 295 Vahl.):
non ut multis bene gestae, sed, ut nemini, conservatae rei publicae,
Cic. Pis. 3, 6; so,
qui ordo bene gestae rei publicae testimonium multis, mihi uni conservatae dedit,
id. Phil. 2, 1, 2:
rem publicam,
id. Pis. 19, 45:
Apollini republica vestra bene gesta servataque... donum mittitote,
Liv. 23, 11, 3.—
(β).
To be successful, meet with success, acquit one ' s self well; usu. of war;
also of private affairs: bello extincto, re bene gesta, vobis gratis habeo, etc.,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 2:
quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare,
id. Curc. 4, 2, 41;
quasi re bene gesta,
Ter. Ad. 5, 1, 13:
rem te valde bene gessisse rumor erat,
that you had met with great success, Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; id. Planc. 25, 61:
conclamant omnes occasionem negotii bene gerendi amittendam non esse,
Caes. B. G. 5, 57:
haec cogitanti accidere visa est facultas bene rei gerendae,
id. ib. 7, 44:
res bello bene gestae,
success in war, Liv. 23, 12, 11:
laeti bene gestis corpora rebus Procurate,
Verg. A. 9, 157; cf. Cic. Planc. 25, 61; Liv. 1, 37, 6; 4, 47, 1; 8, 30, 5; 22, 25, 4; 23, 36, 2.—
7.
Bene vertere, in wishes.
(α).
With the rel. quod or quae res as subject, to turn out well; absol. or with dat.:
quae res tibi et gnatae tuae bene feliciterque vortat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 58:
quod utrisque bene vertat,
Liv. 8, 5, 6:
quod bene verteret,
id. 3, 26, 9; cf. id. 3, 35, 8; 3, 62, 5; 7, 39, 10; v. verto; cf.:
quod bene eveniat,
Cato, R. R. 141.—
(β).
With di as subject:
di bene vortant,
may the gods let it turn out well, may the gods grant success, Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 5; cf. Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 10; id. Hec. 1, 2, 121; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 19; v. verte.—
8.
Bene, colloquially in leave-taking: bene ambula, walk well, i. e. have a pleasant walk! Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 166: De. Bene ambulato! Ly. Bene vale! id. Merc 2, 2, 55:
bene valete et vivite!
id. Mil. 4, 8, 30:
cives bene valete!
id. Merc. 5, 2, 25; cf. id. Ep. 5, 1, 40; id. Merc. 2, 4, 28; 5, 4, 65; id. Curc. 4, 2, 30; Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 115; id. Hec. 1, 2, 122:
salvere jubeo te, mi Saturides, bene,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 35: LAGGE, FILI, BENE QVIESCAS, Sepulch. Inscr. Orell. p. 4755.—
9.
In invocations to the gods, often redundant (cf. bonus):
ita me Juppiter bene amet,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 47:
di te bene ament, Hegio,
id. Capt. 1, 2, 29:
ita me di bene ament,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 2, 43; id. Hec. 2, 1, 9; id. Phorm. 1, 3, 13:
Jane pater uti te... bonas preces bene precatus siem,
Cato, R. R. 134: bene sponsis, beneque volueris in precatione augurali Messala augur ait significare spoponderis, volueris, Fest. p. 351 Mull. (p. 267 Lind.).—
10.
Elliptical expressions.
(α).
Bene, melius, optime, instead of bene, etc., dicit, dicis, or facit, facis, etc.:
bene Pericles (i.e. dixit),
Cic. Off. 1,40, 144:
bene (Philippus) ministrum et praebitorem,
id. ib. 2, 14, 53:
existimabatur bene, Latine (i. e. loqui),
id. Brut. 74, 259; so id. Sen. 14, 47:
at bene Areus,
Quint. 2, 15, 36; cf. id. 10, 1, 56:
nam ante Aristippus, et ille melius (i.e. hoc dixerat),
Cic. Fin. 1, 8, 26:
sed haec tu melius vel optime omnium (i.e. facies),
id. Fam. 4, 13, 7; id. Fin. 1, 18, 61; 1, 19, 63; id. Off. 3, 11, 49; id. Sen. 20, 73; id. Opt. Gen. 6, 18; Quint. 10, 3, 25; 10, 2, 24; 6, 1, 3; 9, 4, 23.—
(β).
In applauding answers' bene and optime, good! bravo! excellent! euge, euge! Perbene! Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 75: huc respice. Da. Optume! id. ib. 3, 4, 3; cf. id. Merc. 1, 2, 114; 5, 4, 16.—
(γ).
In drinking health, with acc. or dat., health to you, your health! bene vos! bene nos! bene te! bene me! bene nostram etiam Stephanium! Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 27; Tib 2, 1, 31: bene te, pater optime Caesar, etc.; Ov. F. 2, 637:
bene mihi, bene vobis, bene amicae meae!
Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 21; Ov.A.A. 1, 601.—
11.
Pregn., in ellipt. predicate: quod (imperium) si (ei) sui bene crediderint cives... credere et Latinos debere, if his own citizens did well to intrust the supreme power to him, etc., Liv. 1, 50, 5:
in Velia aedificent quibus melius quam P. Valerio creditur libertas,
to whom it will be safer to intrust liberty, id. 2, 7, 11:
melius peribimus quam sine alteris vestrum viduae aut orbae vivemus,
it will be better for us to perish, id. 1, 13, 3:
bene Arruntium morte usum,
that it was right for Arruntius to die, Tac. A. 6, 48; Liv. 2, 30, 6; Quint. 9, 4, 92; Tac. A. 2, 44.—
II.
Adv. of intensity, = valde, very, with adjj. and advv.
1.
With adjj.: bene tempestate serena, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 39, 82 (Ann. v. 517 Vahl.): foedus feri bene firmum, id. ap. Porphyr. ad Hor. C. 3, 24, 50 (Ann. v. 33 ib.); cf.:
bene firmus,
Cic. Fam. 16, 8, 1; id. Phil. 6, 7, 18:
bene robustus,
id. Div. in Caecil. 15, 48:
bene morigerus fuit puer,
Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 13:
bene ergo ego hinc praedatus ibo,
id. Ps. 4, 7, 39:
bene lautum,
id. Rud. 3, 3, 39:
bene et naviter oportet esse impudentem,
Cic. Fam. 5, 12, 3:
id utrum Romano more locutus sit, bene nummatum te futurum, an, etc.,
id. ib. 7, 16, 3:
bene sanos,
id. Fin. 1, 16, 52; 1, 21, 71; Hor. S. 1, 3, 61; 1, 9, 44:
bene longinquos dolores,
Cic. Fin. 2, 29, 94:
sermonem bene longum,
id. Or. 2, 88, 361:
bene magna caterva,
id. Mur. 33, 69:
magna multitudo,
Hirt. B. Hisp. 4:
barbatus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
fidum pectus,
Hor. C. 2, 12, 15:
cautus,
Ov. H. 1, 44:
multa,
Ov. Tr. 1, 7, 15: multi, Pollio ap. Cic. Fam 10, 33, 4:
homo optime dives,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 2.—
2.
With advv.: bene saepe libenter, Enn. Ann. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4 (Ann. v. 239 Vahl.); cf.:
bene libenter victitas,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 44:
bene mane haec scripsi,
Cic. Att. 4, 9, 2; 4, 10, 16:
bene penitus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 169:
bene longe,
Hirt. B. Hisp. 25:
bene gnaviter,
Sen. Ot. Sap. 1 (28), 5.—With adverb. phrase:
siad te bene ante lucem venisset,
Cic. Or. 2, 64, 259.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > bene
5 bene facta

bĕnĕ, adv. of manner and intensity [bonus; the first vowel assimilated to the e of the foll. syllable; cf. Corss. Ausspr. 2, 366], well ( comp. melius, better; sup. optime [v. bonus init. ], best; often to be rendered by more specific Engl. adverbs).
I.
As adjunct of verbs.
A.
In gen.
1.
Of physical or external goodness, usefulness, ornament, and comfort:
villam rusticam bene aedificatam habere expedit,
Cato, R. R. 3:
villam bonam beneque aedificatam,
Cic. Off. 3, 13, 55:
quid est agrum bene colere? Bene arare,
Cato, R. R. 61:
agro bene culto nihil potest esse... uberius,
Cic. Sen. 16, 57:
ubi cocta erit bene,
Cato, R. R. 157; 3; 4;
32 et saep.: te auratam et vestitam bene,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 50: ornatus hic satis me condecet? Ps. Optume, it is very becoming, id. Ps. 4, 1, 26:
me bene curata cute vises,
well tended, Hor. Ep. 1, 4, 15:
bene olere,
Verg. E. 2, 48:
bene sonare,
Quint. 8, 3, 16:
neque tamen non inprimis bene habitavit,
in the very best style, Nep. Att. 13, 1:
a Catone cum quaereretur, quid maxime in re familiari expediret, respondet Bene pascere? Quid secundum? Satis bene pascere,
Cic. Off. 2, 25, 89: so,
bene cenare,
Cat. 13, 17; Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 56:
bene de rebus domesticis constitutum esse,
to be in good circumstances, Cic. Sest. 45, 97;
similarly: rem (i. e. familiarem) bene paratam comitate perdidit,
well arranged, Plaut. Rud. prol. 38.—
2.
With respect to the mind.
a.
Perception, knowledge, ability:
quas tam bene noverat quam paedagogos nostros novimus,
Sen. Ep. 27, 5:
quin melius novi quam te et vidi saepius,
Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 22:
novi optime (Bacchus) et saepe vidi,
Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 2:
qui optime suos nosse deberet,
Nep. Con. 4, 1; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 1; id. S. 1, 9, 22: satin' haec meministi et tenes? Pa. Melius quam tu qui docuisti, Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 2:
quod eo mihi melius cernere videor quo ab eo proprius absum,
Cic. Sen. 21, 77:
ut hic melius quam ipse illa scire videatur,
id. de Or. 1, 15, 66; id. Or. 38, 132:
cum Sophocles vel optime scripserit Electram suam,
id. Fin. 1, 2, 5:
gubernatoris ars quia bene navigandi rationem habet,
of able seamanship, id. ib. 1, 13, 42:
melius in Volscis imperatum est,
better generalship was displayed, Liv. 2, 63, 6:
nihil melius quam omnis mundus administratur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 34, 59: de medico bene existimari scribis, that he is well thought ( spoken) of, i. e. his ability, id. Fam. 16, 14, 1:
prudentibus et bene institutis,
well educated, id. Sen. 14, 50:
sapientibus et bene natura constitutis,
endowed with good natural talent, id. Sest. 65, 137:
quodsi melius geruntur ea quae consilio geruntur quam, etc.,
more ably, id. Inv. 1, 34, 59:
tabulas bene pictas collocare in bono lumine,
good paintings, id. Brut. 75, 261:
canere melius,
Verg. E. 9, 67; Quint. 10, 1, 91:
bene pronuntiare,
id. 11, 3, 12:
bene respondere interrogationibus,
id. 5, 7, 28; 6, 3, 81.—
b.
Of feeling, judgment, and will:
similis in utroque nostrum, cum optime sentiremus, error fuit,
when we had the best intentions, Cic. Fam. 4, 2, 3; so id. ib. 6, 4, 2; so,
bene sentire,
id. ib. 6, 1, 3; so,
bene, optime de re publica sentire,
to hold sound views on public affairs, id. Off. 1, 41, 149; id. Fam. 4, 14, 1; id. Phil. 3, 9, 23:
bene animatas eas (insulas) confirmavit,
well disposed, Nep. Cim. 2, 4:
ei causae quam Pompeius animatus melius quam paratus susceperat,
Cic. Fam. 6, 6, 10; so, optime animati, Varr. ap. Non. p. 201, 7:
quod bene cogitasti aliquando, laudo,
that you had good intentions, Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 34:
se vero bene sperare (i. e. de bello),
had good hopes, Liv. 6, 6, 18:
sperabis omnia optime,
Cic. Fam. 4, 13, 7:
tibi bene ex animo volo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6; so freq.: bene alicui velle, v. volo: bene aliquid consulere, to plan something well:
vigilando, agendo, bene consulendo prospera omnia cedunt,
Sall. C. 52, 29:
omnia non bene consulta,
id. J. 92, 2. —
c.
Of morality, honesty, honor, etc.
(α).
Bene vivere, or bene beateque vivere ( = kalôs kagathôs), to lead a moral and happy life:
qui virtutem habeat, eum nullius rei ad bene vivendum indigere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 51, 93:
in dialectica vestra nullam esse ad melius vivendum vim,
id. Fin. 1, 19, 63:
quod ni ita accideret et melius et prudentius viveretur,
id. Sen. 19, 67; cf. id. Ac. 1, 4, 15; id. Fin. 1, 13, 45; id. Off. 1, 6, 19; id. Fam. 4, 3, 3 et saep. (for another meaning of bene vivere, cf. e. infra).—
(β).
Bene mori, to die honorably, bravely, creditably, gloriously:
qui se bene mori quam turpiter vivere maluit,
Liv. 22, 50, 7:
ne ferrum quidem ad bene moriendum oblaturus est hostis,
id. 9, 3, 3; so id. 21, 42, 4:
tum potui, Medea, mori bene,
Ov. H. 12, 5.—
(γ).
Bene partum, what is honestly, honorably earned or acquired:
multa bona bene parta habemus,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 65:
mei patris bene parta indiligenter Tutatur,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 5:
res familiaris primum bene parta sit, nullo neque turpi quaestu, neque odioso,
Cic. Off. 1, 26, 92:
diutine uti bene licet partum bene,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 15; Sall. C. 51, 42 (cf.:
mala parta,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 65:
male par tum,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 22).—
(δ).
Apud bonos bene agier, an old legal formula: bona fide agi (v. bonus), to be transacted in good faith among good men. ubi erit illa formula fiduciae ut inter bonos bene agier oportet? Cic. Fam. 7, 12, 2; id. Off. 3, 15, 61; 3, 17, 70.—
(ε).
Non bene = male, not faithfully:
esse metus coepit ne jura jugalia conjunx Non bene servasset,
Ov. M. 7, 716.—
d.
Representing an action as right or correct, well, rightly, correctly: bene mones, Ibo, you are right ( to admonish me), Ter. And. 2, 2, 36:
sequi recusarunt bene monentem,
Liv. 22, 60, 17:
quom mihi et bene praecipitis, et, etc.,
since you give sound advice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 55; so Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 6; 3, 3, 80; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 372, 7:
bene enim majores accubitionem epularem amicorum convivium nominarunt, melius quam Graeci,
Cic. Sen. 13, 45:
hoc bene censuit Scaevola,
correctly, Dig. 17, 1, 48.—
e.
Pleasantly, satisfactorily, profitably, prosperously, fortunately, successfully:
nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo atque animo ut lubet,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111:
nihil adferrent quo jucundius, id est melius, viveremus,
Cic. Fin. 1, 41, 72:
si bene qui cenat, bene vivit,
Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 56: quamobrem melius apud bonos quam apud fortunatos beneficium collocari puto, is better or more profitably invested, Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71:
perdenda sunt multa beneficia ut semel ponas bene, Sen. Ben. poet. 1, 2, 1: etiamsi nullum (beneficium) bene positurus sit,
id. ib. 1, 2, 2:
quando hoc bene successit,
Ter. Ad. 2, 4, 23: bene ambulatum'st? Di. Huc quidem, hercle, ad te bene, Quia tui vivendi copia'st, has your walk been pleasant? Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 18:
melius ominare,
use words of better omen, id. Rud. 2, 3, 7; Cic. Brut. 96, 329:
qui se suamque aetatem bene curant,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 36.—So, bene (se) habere: ut bene me haberem filiai nuptiis, have a good time at, etc., Plaut. Aul. 2, 8, 2:
qui se bene habet suisque amicis usui est,
who enjoys his life and is a boon companion, id. Mil. 3, 1, 128:
nam hanc bene se habere aetatem nimio'st aequius,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 6: bene consulere alicui, to take good care for somebody ' s interests:
tuae rei bene consulere cupio,
id. Trin. 3, 2, 9:
ut qui mihi consultum optume velit esse,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 1:
me optime consulentem saluti suae,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 2:
qui se ad sapientes viros bene consulentes rei publicae contulerunt,
id. Off. 2, 13, 46.—So, bene mereri, and rarely bene merere, to deserve well of one, i. e. act for his advantage; absol. or with de:
addecet Bene me, renti bene referre gratiam,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 36:
Licinii aps te bene merenti male refertur gratia?
id. Ps. 1, 3, 86:
ut memorem in bene meritos animum praestarem,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 10:
cogor nonnumquam homines non optime de me meritos rogatu eorum qui bene meriti sunt, defendere,
id. ib. 7, 1, 4:
tam bene meritis de nomine Punico militibus,
Liv. 23, 12, 5:
si bene quid de te merui,
Verg. A. 4, 317; cf. Cic. Opt. Gen. 7, 20; id. Sest. 1, 2; 12, 39; 66, 139; 68, 142; id. Mil. 36, 99; id. Phil. 2, 14, 36 et saep.; v. mereo, D. and P. a.—So esp. referring to price: bene emere, to buy advantageously, i. e. cheaply; bene vendere, to sell advantageously, i. e. at a high price: bene ego hercle vendidi te, Plaut. [p. 230] Durc. 4, 2, 34:
et quoniam vendat, velle quam optime vendere,
Cic. Off. 3, 12, 51:
ita nec ut emat melius, nec ut vendat quidquam, simulabit vir bonus,
id. ib. 3, 15, 61: vin' bene emere? Do. Vin' tu pulcre vendere? Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 38:
melius emetur,
Cato, R. R. 1: quo melius emptum sciatis, Cic. ap. Suet. Caes. 50 fin.:
qui vita bene credat emi honorem,
cheaply, Verg. A. 9, 206; Sil 4, 756.—
f.
Expressing kindness, thanks, etc.: bene facis, bene vocas, bene narras, I thank you, am obliged to you for doing, calling, saying (colloq.): merito amo te. Ph. Bene facis, thanks! Ter Eun. 1, 2, 106; cf.:
in consuetudinem venit, bene facis et fecisti non mdicantis esse, sed gratias agentis, Don. ad loc.' placet, bene facitis,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 6, 43: dividuom talentum faciam. La. Bene facis, id. ib. 5, 3, 52: si quid erit dubium, immutabo Da. Bene fecisti, id. Ep. 5, 1, 40 Lo. Adeas, si velis. La. Bene hercle factum vobis habeo gratiam. Accedam propius, id. Rud. 3, 6, 2; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 10.—With gratiam habere: bene fecisti;
gratiam habeo maximam,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 61; cf.
bene benigneque arbitror te facere,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 130: quin etiam Graecis licebit utare cum voles... Bene sane facis, sed enitar ut Latine loquar, I thank you for the permission, but, etc., Cic. Ac. 1, 7, 25: an exitum Cassi Maelique expectem? Bene facitis quod abominamini... sed, etc., I am much obliged to you for abhorring this, but, etc., Liv. 6, 18, 9: bene edepol narras; nam illi faveo virgini, thanks for telling me, for, etc., Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 7 (cf.:
male hercule narras,
I owe you little thanks for saying so, Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 10):
bene, ita me di ament, nuntias,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 20:
benenarras,
Cic. Att. 16, 14, 4; 13, 33, 2: tu ad matrem adi. Bene vocas; benigne dicis Cras apud te, thanks for your invitation, but, etc., Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 108: eamus intro ut prandeamus. Men. Bene vocas, tam gratia'st, id. Men. 2, 3, 41.—
g.
Of accuracy, etc., well, accurately, truly, completely:
cum ceterae partes aetatis bene descriptae sint,
Cic. Sen. 2, 5:
cui bene librato... Obstitit ramus,
Ov. M. 8, 409:
at bene si quaeras,
id. ib. 3, 141:
tibi comprimam linguam. Hau potes: Bene pudiceque adservatur,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 196:
bene dissimulare amorem,
entirely, Ter. And. 1, 1, 105:
quis enim bene celat amorem?
Ov. H. 12, 37.—So with a negation, = male restat parvam quod non bene compleat urnam, Ov. M. 12, 615: non bene conveniunt... Majestas et amor, id. ib 2, 846.—Redundant, with vix (Ovid.):
vix bene Castalio descenderat antro, Incustoditam lente videt ire juvencam ( = vix descenderat cum, etc.),
Ov. M. 3, 14:
tactum vix bene limen erat, Aesonides, dixi, quid agit meus?
id. H. 6, 24:
vix bene desieram, rettulit illa mihi,
id. F 5, 277.—
h.
Sup., most opportunely, at the nick of time (comic):
sed eccum meum gnatum optume video,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 57:
sed optume eccum exit senex,
id. Rud. 3, 3, 44. optume adveniens, puere, cape Chlamydem, etc., id. Merc. 5, 2, 69: Davum optume Video, Ter And. 2, 1, 35; 4, 2, 3; Plaut. Rud. 3, 5, 25; 4, 5, 19; Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 66; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 9; 5, 5, 2.—
i.
Pregn.: bene polliceri = large polliceri, to make liberal promises ' praecepit ut ceteros adeant, bene polliceantur, Sall. C. 41, 5; cf.: bene promittere, to promise success:
quae autem inconstantia deorum ut primis minentur extis, bene promittant secundis?
Cic. Div. 2, 17, 38.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Bene dicere.
a.
To speak well, i. e. eloquently:
qui optime dicunt,
the most eloquent, Cic. de Or. 1, 26, 119; 2, 2, 5:
etiam bene dicere haud absurdum est,
Sall. C. 3, 1:
abunde dixit bene quisquis rei satisfecit,
Quint. 12, 9, 7;
cf: bene loqui,
to use good language, speak good Latin, Cic. Brut. 58, 212, 64, 228.—
b.
To speak ably:
multo oratorem melius quam ipsos illos quorum eae sint artes esse dicturum,
Cic. Or. 1, 15, 65; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 4. bene dicendi scientia, Quint. 7, 3, 12.—
c.
To speak correctly or elegantly:
eum et Attice dicere et optime, ut..bene dicere id sit, Attice dicere,
Cic. Opt. Gen. 4, 13 ' optime dicta, Quint. 10, 1, 19.—So, bene loqui:
ut esset perfecta illa bene loquendi laus,
Cic. Brut. 72, 252:
at loquitur pulchre. Num melius quam Plato?
id. Opt. Gen. 5, 16.—
d.
To speak well, i e. kindly, of one, to praise him; absol. or with dat., or reflex., with inter (less correctly as one word, benedicere): cui bene dixit umquam bono? Of what good man has he ever spoken well, or, what good man has he ever praised, Cic. Sest. 52, 110. bene, quaeso, inter vos dicatis, et amice absenti tamen, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 31.—Ironically:
bene equidem tibi dico qui te digna ut eveniant precor,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 26:
nec tibi cessaret doctus bene dicere lector,
Ov. Tr. 5, 9, 9: cui a viris bonis bene dicatur, Metell. Numid. ap. Gell. 6, 11, 3.— And dat understood:
si bene dicatis (i. e. mihi) vostra ripa vos sequar,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 18 ' omnes bene dicunt (ei), et amant (eum), Ter. Ad. 5, 4, 11:
ad bene dicendum (i e. alteri) delectandumque redacti,
Hor. Ep 2, 1, 155 —Part. ' indignis si male dicitur, male dictum id esse duco;
Verum si dignis dicitur, bene dictum'st,
is a praise, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 27 sq.: nec bene nec male dicta profuerunt ad confirmandos animos, Liv 23, 46, 1; cf. Ter. Phorm. prol. 20 infra. —Bene audio = bene dicitur mihi, I am praised:
bene dictis si certasset, audisset bene,
Ter. Phorm. prol. 20; v. audio, 5.—
e.
To use words of good omen (euphêmein): Ol. Quid si fors aliter quam voles evenerit? St. Bene dice, dis sum fretus ( = fave lingua, melius ominare), Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 38 heja, bene dicito, id. As. 3, 3, 155.—
f.
Bene dixisti, a formula of approbation: ne quan do iratus tu alio conferas. Th. Bene dixti, you are right, Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 61. bene et sapienter dixti dudum, etc., it was a good and wise remark of yours that, etc., id. Ad. 5, 8, 30.—
g.
Bene dicta, fine or specious, plausible words (opp. deeds):
bene dictis tuis bene facta aures meae expostulant,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 25; so,
bene loqui: male corde consultare, Bene lingua loqui,
use fine words, Plaut. Truc. 2, 1, 16.—
2.
Bene facere.
a.
Bene aliquid facere, to do, make, something well, i. e. ably (v. I. A. 2. a. supra):
vel non facere quod non op time possis, vel facere quod non pessime facias,
Cic. Or. 2, 20, 86:
non tamen haec quia possunt bene aliquando fieri passim facienda sunt,
Quint. 4, 1, 70:
Jovem Phidias optime fecit,
id. 2, 3, 6; so, melius facere, Afran. ap. Macr. 6, 1.— P. a.:
quid labor aut bene facta juvant?
his labor and well-done works are no pleasure to him, Verg. G. 3, 525. —
b.
Bene facere, with dat. absol., with in and abl., or with erga, to do a good action, to benefit somebody, to impart benefits (less cor rectly as one word, benefacio)
(α).
With dat.:
bonus bonis bene feceris,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 60:
bene si amico feceris, ne pigeat fecisse,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 66:
malo bene facere tantumdem est periculum quantum bono male facere,
id. Poen. 3, 3, 20:
homini id quod tu facis bene,
id. Ep 1, 2, 33:
tibi lubens bene faxim,
Ter. Ad. 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 8; 5, 8, 25:
at tibi di semper... faciant bene,
may the gods bless you, Plaut. Men. 5, 7, 32:
di tibi Bene faciant,
Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 20; so Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 18.— Pass.:
quod bonis bene fit beneficium,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 108:
pulchrum est bene facere reipublicae,
Sall. C. 3, 1:
ego ne ingratis quidem bene facere absistam,
Liv. 36, 35, 4.—Reflexively. sibi bene facere, enjoy one ' s self, have a good time, genio indulgere (v. I. A. 2. e. supra): nec quisquam est tam ingenio duro quin, ubi quidquam occasionis sit sibi faciat bene, Plaut. As. grex 5.—
(β).
With in and abl.:
quoniam bene quae in me fecerunt, ingrata ea habui,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 30.—
(γ).
With erga:
si quid amicum erga bene feci,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 4.—
(δ).
With ellipsis of dat., to impart benefits:
ingrata atque irrita esse omnia intellego Quae dedi et quod bene feci,
Plaut. As. 1, 2, 11:
quod bene fecisti, referetur gratia,
id. Capt. 5, 1, 20:
ego quod bene feci, male feci,
id. Ep. 1, 2, 34; id. Trin. 2, 2, 41:
si beneficia in rebus, non in ipsa benefaciendi voluntate consisterent,
Sen. Ben. 1, 7, 1:
benefaciendi animus,
id. ib. 2, 19, 1.—So esp. in formula of thanks, etc.' bene benigneque arbitror te facere, I thank you heartily, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 129: Jup. Jam nunc irata non es? Alc. Non sum. Jup. Bene facis, id. Am. 3, 2, 56; v Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 384.—P. a. as subst.: bĕnĕ facta, orum, n., benefits, benefactions (cf. beneficium): bene facta male locata male facta arbitror, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 2, 18, 62 (Trag. v 429 Vahl.): pol, bene facta tua me hortantur tuo ut imperio paream, Plaut Pers. 5, 2, 65: pro bene factis ejus uti ei pretium possim reddere. id. Capt. 5, 1, 20;
bene facta referre,
Claud. Laud. Stil. 3, 182 tenere, id. ib. 2, 42.—So freq. in eccl. writ ers:
et si bene feceritis his qui vobis bene faciunt,
Vulg. Luc. 6, 33:
bene facite his qui oderunt vos,
id. Matt. 5, 44.—
(ε).
Absol., to do good, perform meritorious acts (in fin. verb only eccl. Lat.)' discite bene facere, Vulg. Isa. 1, 17:
interrogo vos si licet sabbatis bene facere an male,
id. Luc. 6, 9:
qui bene facit, ex Deo est,
id. Joan. Ep. 3, 11.— In P a. (class.): bene facta (almost always in plur.), merits, meritorious acts, brave deeds:
bene facta recte facta sunt,
Cic. Par 3, 1, 22:
omnia bene facta in luce se collocari volunt,
id. Tusc. 2, 26, 64; id. Sen. 3, 9:
bene facta mea reipublicae procedunt,
Sall. J 85, 5, cf. id. C. 8, 5; id. H. Fragm. 1, 19: veteribus bene factis nova pensantes maleficia, Liv 37, 1, 2; cf. Quint. 3, 7, 13, 12, 1, 41; Prop. 2, 1, 24; Ov. M. 15, 850, Claud. VI. Cons. Hon. 386.— Sing.: bene factum a vobis, dum vivitis non abscedet, Cato ap. Gell. 16, 1, 4.—
(ζ).
In medical language, to be of good effect, benefit, do good:
id bene faciet et alvum bonam faciet,
Cato, R. R. 157, 6.—So with ad: ad capitis dolorem bene facit serpyllum, Scrib Comp. 1; so id. ib. 5; 9; 13; 41.—
(η).
In the phrase bene facis, etc., as a formula of thanks, v I A. 2. f. supra.—
(θ).
Expressing joy, I am glad of it, I am glad that etc. (comic.) Da. Tua quae fuit Palaestra, ea filia inventa'st mea. La. Bene meher cule factum'st, Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 9: bis tanto valeo quam valui prius. Ly. Bene hercle factum et gaudeo, id. Merc. 2, 2, 27; Ter And. 5, 6, 11; id. Hec. 5, 4, 17; id. Eun. 5, 8, 7:
bene factum et volup est hodie me his mulierculis Tetulisse auxilium,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 1, 1; Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 11; so, bene factum gaudeo: nam hic noster pater est Ant. Ita me Juppiter bene amet, benefac tum gaudeo, Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 47; Ter Phorm. 5, 6, 43; cf.: Me. Rex Creo vigiles nocturnos singulos semper locat. So. Bene facit, quia nos eramus peregri, tutatu'st domum, I am glad of it, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 19. bene fecit A. Silius qui transegerit: neque enim ei deesse volebam, et quid possem timebam, I am glad that A. Silius, etc., Cic. Att. 12, 24, 1.—
3.
With esse.
a.
Bene est, impers., it is well.
(α).
In the epistolary formula: si vales bene est; or, si vales bene est, (ego) valeo (abbrev. S.V.B.E.V.), Afran. ap Prisc. p 804 P; Cic. Fam. 5, 14, 1; 10, 34, 1; 4, 1, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 7, 1; 5, 9, 1; 5, 10, 1; 10, 33, 1; 10, 14, 8; 10, 14, 11;
14, 14, 1, 14, 14, 16: si valetis gaudeo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 41 —These formulas were obsolete at Seneca's time: mos antiquis fuit, usque ad meam servatus aetatem, primis epistulae verbis adicere: Si vales, bene est;
ego valeo,
Sen. Ep. 15, 1.—
(β).
= bene factum est (cf. I. 2. k. supra): oculis quoque etiam plus jam video quam prius: Ly. Bene est, Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 26: hic est intus filius apud nos tuus. De. Optume'st, id. ib. 5, 4, 49; Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 48, 5, 5, 3; id. Hec. 5, 4, 31.—
b.
Bene est alicui, impers., it is ( goes) well with one, one does well, is well off, enjoys himself, is happy: nam si curent, bene bonis sit, male malis, quod nunc abest, Enn ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 32, 79 (Trag. v. 355 Vahl.):
bona si esse veis, bene erit tibi,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 12:
quia illi, unde huc abvecta sum, malis bene esse solitum'st,
id. ib. 3, 1, 13:
qui neque tibi bene esse patere, et illis qui bus est invides,
id. Ps. 4, 7, 35 (so id. Trin. 2, 2, 71): num quippiam aluit me vis? De. Ut bene sit tibi, id Pers. 4, 8, 5; id. Poen. 4, 2, 90; Ter Phorm. 1, 2, 101: nemini nimium bene est, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 185 P.:
si non est, jurat bene solis esse maritis,
Hor. Ep 1, 1, 88:
nec tamen illis bene erit, quia non bono gaudent,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 11, 4: BENE SIT NOBIS, Inscr Orell. 4754; Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 95; 4, 2, 36; id. Curc. 4, 2, 31; id. Pers. 5, 2, 74; id. Stich. 5, 5, 12; id. Merc. 2, 2, 55; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 9.— Comp.: istas minas decem, qui me procurem dum melius sit mi, des. Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 40:
spero ex tuis litteris tibi melius esse,
that your health is better, Cic. Fam. 16, 22, 1; Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 1; Ter And. 2, 5, 16.—With dat. understood: patria est ubi cumque est bene (i. e. cuique), where one does well, there is his country, Poet. ap. Cic Tusc 5, 37, 108 (Trag. Rel. inc. p. 248 Rib). [p. 231] —With abl., to be well off in, to feast upon a thing:
ubi illi bene sit ligno, aqua calida, cibo, vestimentis,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 39:
at mihi bene erat, non piscibus, Sed pullo atque hoedo,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 120.—
c.
Bene sum = bene mihi est:
minore nusquam bene fui dispendio,
Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 20:
de eo (argento) nunc bene sunt tua virtute,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 28: dato qui bene sit;
ego ubi bene sit tibi locum lepidum dabo,
id. Bacch. 1, 1, 51:
scis bene esse si sit unde,
id. Capt. 4, 2, 70.—
4.
Bene habere.
a.
With subj. nom.
(α).
To enjoy, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. I. A. 2. e. supra.—
(β).
To be favorable, to favor:
bene habent tibi principia,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 82. —
(γ).
With se, to be well, well off. imperator se bene habet, it is well with, Sen. Ep. 24, 9; cf.:
si te bene habes,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 122 Brix ad loc.—
b.
Hoc bene habet, or bene habet, impers. ( = res se bene habet), it is well, matters stand well:
bene habet: jacta sunt fundamenta defensionis,
Cic. Mur. 6, 14:
bene habet: di pium movere bellum,
Liv. 8, 6, 4:
atque bene habet si a collega litatum est,
id. 8, 9, 1; Juv. 10, 72; Stat. Th. 11, 557.— So pers.: bene habemus nos, si in his spes est;
opinor, aliud agamus,
we are well off, Cic. Att. 2, 8, 1.—
5.
Bene agere, with cum and abl.
(α).
To treat one well:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3.—
(β).
Impers.: bene agitur cum aliquo, it goes well with one, he is fortunate:
bene dicat secum esse actum,
that he has come off well, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 2:
non tam bene cum rebus humanis agitur ut meliora pluribus placeant,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 1.— With ellipsis of cum and abl.:
si hinc non abeo intestatus, bene agitur pro noxia (sc. mecum),
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
6.
Rem (negotium) bene gerere.
(α).
To administer well private or public affairs: multi suam rem bene gessere et publicam patria procul, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. Rel. v. 295 Vahl.):
non ut multis bene gestae, sed, ut nemini, conservatae rei publicae,
Cic. Pis. 3, 6; so,
qui ordo bene gestae rei publicae testimonium multis, mihi uni conservatae dedit,
id. Phil. 2, 1, 2:
rem publicam,
id. Pis. 19, 45:
Apollini republica vestra bene gesta servataque... donum mittitote,
Liv. 23, 11, 3.—
(β).
To be successful, meet with success, acquit one ' s self well; usu. of war;
also of private affairs: bello extincto, re bene gesta, vobis gratis habeo, etc.,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 2:
quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare,
id. Curc. 4, 2, 41;
quasi re bene gesta,
Ter. Ad. 5, 1, 13:
rem te valde bene gessisse rumor erat,
that you had met with great success, Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; id. Planc. 25, 61:
conclamant omnes occasionem negotii bene gerendi amittendam non esse,
Caes. B. G. 5, 57:
haec cogitanti accidere visa est facultas bene rei gerendae,
id. ib. 7, 44:
res bello bene gestae,
success in war, Liv. 23, 12, 11:
laeti bene gestis corpora rebus Procurate,
Verg. A. 9, 157; cf. Cic. Planc. 25, 61; Liv. 1, 37, 6; 4, 47, 1; 8, 30, 5; 22, 25, 4; 23, 36, 2.—
7.
Bene vertere, in wishes.
(α).
With the rel. quod or quae res as subject, to turn out well; absol. or with dat.:
quae res tibi et gnatae tuae bene feliciterque vortat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 58:
quod utrisque bene vertat,
Liv. 8, 5, 6:
quod bene verteret,
id. 3, 26, 9; cf. id. 3, 35, 8; 3, 62, 5; 7, 39, 10; v. verto; cf.:
quod bene eveniat,
Cato, R. R. 141.—
(β).
With di as subject:
di bene vortant,
may the gods let it turn out well, may the gods grant success, Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 5; cf. Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 10; id. Hec. 1, 2, 121; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 19; v. verte.—
8.
Bene, colloquially in leave-taking: bene ambula, walk well, i. e. have a pleasant walk! Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 166: De. Bene ambulato! Ly. Bene vale! id. Merc 2, 2, 55:
bene valete et vivite!
id. Mil. 4, 8, 30:
cives bene valete!
id. Merc. 5, 2, 25; cf. id. Ep. 5, 1, 40; id. Merc. 2, 4, 28; 5, 4, 65; id. Curc. 4, 2, 30; Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 115; id. Hec. 1, 2, 122:
salvere jubeo te, mi Saturides, bene,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 35: LAGGE, FILI, BENE QVIESCAS, Sepulch. Inscr. Orell. p. 4755.—
9.
In invocations to the gods, often redundant (cf. bonus):
ita me Juppiter bene amet,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 47:
di te bene ament, Hegio,
id. Capt. 1, 2, 29:
ita me di bene ament,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 2, 43; id. Hec. 2, 1, 9; id. Phorm. 1, 3, 13:
Jane pater uti te... bonas preces bene precatus siem,
Cato, R. R. 134: bene sponsis, beneque volueris in precatione augurali Messala augur ait significare spoponderis, volueris, Fest. p. 351 Mull. (p. 267 Lind.).—
10.
Elliptical expressions.
(α).
Bene, melius, optime, instead of bene, etc., dicit, dicis, or facit, facis, etc.:
bene Pericles (i.e. dixit),
Cic. Off. 1,40, 144:
bene (Philippus) ministrum et praebitorem,
id. ib. 2, 14, 53:
existimabatur bene, Latine (i. e. loqui),
id. Brut. 74, 259; so id. Sen. 14, 47:
at bene Areus,
Quint. 2, 15, 36; cf. id. 10, 1, 56:
nam ante Aristippus, et ille melius (i.e. hoc dixerat),
Cic. Fin. 1, 8, 26:
sed haec tu melius vel optime omnium (i.e. facies),
id. Fam. 4, 13, 7; id. Fin. 1, 18, 61; 1, 19, 63; id. Off. 3, 11, 49; id. Sen. 20, 73; id. Opt. Gen. 6, 18; Quint. 10, 3, 25; 10, 2, 24; 6, 1, 3; 9, 4, 23.—
(β).
In applauding answers' bene and optime, good! bravo! excellent! euge, euge! Perbene! Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 75: huc respice. Da. Optume! id. ib. 3, 4, 3; cf. id. Merc. 1, 2, 114; 5, 4, 16.—
(γ).
In drinking health, with acc. or dat., health to you, your health! bene vos! bene nos! bene te! bene me! bene nostram etiam Stephanium! Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 27; Tib 2, 1, 31: bene te, pater optime Caesar, etc.; Ov. F. 2, 637:
bene mihi, bene vobis, bene amicae meae!
Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 21; Ov.A.A. 1, 601.—
11.
Pregn., in ellipt. predicate: quod (imperium) si (ei) sui bene crediderint cives... credere et Latinos debere, if his own citizens did well to intrust the supreme power to him, etc., Liv. 1, 50, 5:
in Velia aedificent quibus melius quam P. Valerio creditur libertas,
to whom it will be safer to intrust liberty, id. 2, 7, 11:
melius peribimus quam sine alteris vestrum viduae aut orbae vivemus,
it will be better for us to perish, id. 1, 13, 3:
bene Arruntium morte usum,
that it was right for Arruntius to die, Tac. A. 6, 48; Liv. 2, 30, 6; Quint. 9, 4, 92; Tac. A. 2, 44.—
II.
Adv. of intensity, = valde, very, with adjj. and advv.
1.
With adjj.: bene tempestate serena, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 39, 82 (Ann. v. 517 Vahl.): foedus feri bene firmum, id. ap. Porphyr. ad Hor. C. 3, 24, 50 (Ann. v. 33 ib.); cf.:
bene firmus,
Cic. Fam. 16, 8, 1; id. Phil. 6, 7, 18:
bene robustus,
id. Div. in Caecil. 15, 48:
bene morigerus fuit puer,
Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 13:
bene ergo ego hinc praedatus ibo,
id. Ps. 4, 7, 39:
bene lautum,
id. Rud. 3, 3, 39:
bene et naviter oportet esse impudentem,
Cic. Fam. 5, 12, 3:
id utrum Romano more locutus sit, bene nummatum te futurum, an, etc.,
id. ib. 7, 16, 3:
bene sanos,
id. Fin. 1, 16, 52; 1, 21, 71; Hor. S. 1, 3, 61; 1, 9, 44:
bene longinquos dolores,
Cic. Fin. 2, 29, 94:
sermonem bene longum,
id. Or. 2, 88, 361:
bene magna caterva,
id. Mur. 33, 69:
magna multitudo,
Hirt. B. Hisp. 4:
barbatus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
fidum pectus,
Hor. C. 2, 12, 15:
cautus,
Ov. H. 1, 44:
multa,
Ov. Tr. 1, 7, 15: multi, Pollio ap. Cic. Fam 10, 33, 4:
homo optime dives,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 2.—
2.
With advv.: bene saepe libenter, Enn. Ann. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4 (Ann. v. 239 Vahl.); cf.:
bene libenter victitas,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 44:
bene mane haec scripsi,
Cic. Att. 4, 9, 2; 4, 10, 16:
bene penitus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 169:
bene longe,
Hirt. B. Hisp. 25:
bene gnaviter,
Sen. Ot. Sap. 1 (28), 5.—With adverb. phrase:
siad te bene ante lucem venisset,
Cic. Or. 2, 64, 259.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > bene facta
6 ἐπαινέω

ἐπαιν-έω, [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἐπαίνημι Simon.5.19; [dialect] Lacon. [full] ἐπαινίω Ar.Lys. 198: [tense] impf. ἐπῄνεον Il 3.461 (tm.): [tense] fut.

A - έσω Semon.7.29
, S.El. 1057, E.Andr. 465 (lyr.), Heracl.[300], Pl.Smp. 214e (dub. l.), X.An.1.4.16, 5.5.8: but more freq. - έσομαι E.Ba. 1195
(lyr.), Pl.Smp. 199a, R. 379e, 383a, X.HG3.2.6, D.2.31, etc.; poet. - ήσω Thgn.93
codd., Pi. P.10.69: [tense] aor. 1 ἐπῄνεσα S.Aj. 536
, Th.1.86, etc. (v. infr.); poet. (not Trag.) ἐπῄνησα Il.2.335
, 18.312, Thgn.876, Pi.P.4.168, 189: also [dialect] Aeol. prose, Schwyzer622.21, 623.31, 636.17 (but - έσαι 623.34
): [tense] pf. ἐπῄνεκα Isoc.12.207
,261, Pl.Plt. 307a, etc.:—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. ἐπῃνησάμην Them.Or.16.200c
; - εσάμην Phalar.Ep. 147
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ἐπαινεθήσομαι And.2.13
, Pl.R. 474d; later ἐπαινηθήσομαι Longus4.4
codd.: [tense] aor. ἐπῃνέθην Th.2.25
, Isoc.12.146, etc.; but ἐπῃνήθην SIG708.20
(Istropolis, ii B. C.): [tense] pf. ἐπῄνημαι Hp.Acut.51
, Isoc.12.233: = αἰνέω (for which it is regularly used in [dialect] Att.):—approve, applaud, commend, in Hom. mostly abs., ἐπὶ δ' ᾔνεον ἄλλοι Ἀχαιοί Il.3.461
, etc.: c. acc. rei, μῦθον ἐπαινήσαντες Ὀδυσσῆος 2.335
; μῦθον ἐ. πρεσβυτέροισι h.Merc. 457
; σύνθεσιν Pi.P.4.168
: c. dat. pers., agree with, side with, Ἕκτορι μὲν γὰρ ἐπῄνησαν Il.18.312
: abs., assent, agree, Ar.Av. 1616; ἐπαινεσάντων δ' αὐτῶν on their assent, Th.4.65.

2 praise, commend in any way (the usu. sense in [dialect] Att. and Trag.), τινά or τι, Alc. 37A, Hdt.3.34,6.130; τὸ λίαν ἧσσον ἐ. τοῦ μηδὲν ἄγαν E.Hipp. 264
; ἐ. τινά τι commend one for a thing, but in this case the thing is always a neut. Pron. or Adj., τὰ μέν σ' ἐπαινῶ A.Pr. 342
(cf. 111); πάντ' ἔχω σ' ἐπαινέσαι S.Aj. 1381
, cf. Pl.Smp. 222a; in Din.3.22 ἐπαινεῖσθαι ταῖς ζητήσεσιν, < ἐπί> shd. be read; ἐπί τινι.. καὶ διότι Inscr.Prien. 44.17
(ii B. C.); εἴς τι Pl.Alc.1.111a
; κατά τι D.S.1.37
; πρός τι Pl. Tht. 145b
; also ἐ. τινά τινος Plu.2.1c
, Luc.Herm.42 (but ἐ. τί τινος praise something in some one, Pl.Prt. 361d): c.acc. cogn., ἔπαινον ἐ. Id.La. 181b
: c. part., ἐπαινέσεσθαί τινα ἀνασχόμενον D.21.73
; ἐ. τινὰ ὅτι.. Pl.Grg. 471d
; ἐ. τινὰ πρός τινα praise one man to another, Id.R. 501c; esp. compliment publicly, [Βρασίδας] πρῶτος τῶν κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἐπῃνέθη ἐν Σπάρτῃ Th.2.25
; freq. in honorary Inscrr., cf. IG22.102, Inscr.Prien. l.c., etc.: c. dat. pers., τῷ δήμῳ τῷ Σαμίων IG12.101.2
, cf. SIG604.11 (Delph., ii B. C.).

3 of things, [πολιτεία] ὑπὸ πάντων -ουμένη Isoc.12.118
, cf. Arist.Pol. 1289a1; νόμοι -ούμενοι Id.Rh. 1375b24
; approve, πόλις ἄλλως ἄλλοτ' ἐ. τὰ δίκαια A.Th. 1077
.

4 agree to or undertake to do, ῥώμην μ' ἐπαινῶ λαμβάνειν E.Andr. 553
; ἐ. εἰς τὸ λοιπόν PTeb.8.18
(iii B. C.).

5 [tense] aor. ἐπῄνεσα in [dialect] Att. in [tense] pres. sense, ἐπῄνεσ' ἔργον I commend it, S.Aj. 536: abs., well done! Id.Fr. 282, Ar.Ach. 485, cf. E.Alc. 1095, Med. 707.

II = παραινέω, recommend, advise, τοιούσδ' ἐπαινεῖς δῆτα δὺ κτᾶσθαι φίλους; S.Aj. 1360
, cf. A.Th. 596, Supp. 996: c. dat. et inf., ὑμῖν δ' ἐπαινῶ γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φέρειν Id.Ch. 581
; σιγᾶν ἐπῄνεσ' (cf.1.5) S.El. 1322, cf. OC 665.

III as a civil form of declining an offer or invitation, I thank you, I am much obliged, κάλλιστ', ἐπαινῶ Ar.Ra. 508
(ubi v. Sch.), cf. A.Pr. 342; so ἐ. τὴν κλῆσιν decline it, X.Smp.1.7, cf. An.7.7.52.

IV of Rhapsodists, recite, declaim publicly, Pl. Ion 536d, 541e.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπαινέω
7 dankbar

I Adj.

1. grateful ( für for), appreciative (of); Publikum: appreciative; wir sind für oder um umg. jeden Beitrag dankbar we appreciate ( oder are grateful for) every contribution; ich wäre Ihnen dankbar, wenn... I’d be much obliged if... (auch iro.), I’d appreciate it if...; ich wäre Ihnen sehr dankbar, wenn Sie sich um Ihre eigenen Angelegenheiten kümmerten iro. auch I’ll thank you to mind your own business; man muss für alles dankbar sein you have to be thankful for small mercies ( oder for every little thing)

2. (lohnend) worthwhile; Aufgabe: auch rewarding; er ist ein dankbares Opfer für ihre Sticheleien he’s an easy target ( oder a sitting duck) for her gibes

3. umg. (strapazierfähig) Stoff: hard-wearing, durable; (anspruchslos) Pflanze: easy(-care), hardy; eine dankbare Pflanze a plant which doesn’t need much attention

II Adv. gratefully; etw. dankbar annehmen accept s.th. gratefully ( oder with thanks)

* * *

grateful; thankful; rewarding

* * *
dạnk|bar
1. adj

1) (= dankerfüllt) grateful; (= erleichtert, froh) thankful; Publikum, Zuhörer appreciative

jdm dankbar sein — to be grateful to sb (für for)

sich dankbar erweisen or zeigen — to show one's gratitude (gegenüber to)

ich wäre dir dankbar, wenn du... — I would be grateful if you..., I would appreciate it if you...

2) (= lohnend) Arbeit, Aufgabe, Rolle rewarding; Stoff easy-care attr; (= haltbar) hard-wearing; Opfer worthwhile

eine dankbare Pflanze — a plant which doesn't need much attention

2. adv
(= voller Dank) gratefully
* * *

1) (giving due thanks or praise; grateful: an appreciative audience.) appreciative

2) appreciatively

3) (feeling thankful: I am grateful to you for your help.) grateful

4) (grateful; relieved and happy: He was thankful that the journey was over; a thankful sigh.) thankful

5) thankfully

* * *

dank·bar

[ˈdaŋkba:ɐ̯]

I. adj

1. (dankend) grateful; (erleichert) thankful

▪ jdm \dankbar [für etw akk] sein to be grateful to sb [for sth]

sich akk [jdm gegenüber] \dankbar erweisen [o zeigen] to show one's gratitude [to sb]

2. (lohnend) Aufgabe, Rolle rewarding, profitable

3. (anspruchslos) appreciative

ein \dankbarer Stoff a hard-wearing material

eine \dankbare Pflanze a plant which doesn't need much attention

4. (verbunden) obliged

ich wäre dir/Ihnen \dankbar, wenn... I would be obliged [or grateful] [or I would appreciate it] if you...

II. adv gratefully; (erleichtert) thankfully

* * *
1.
Adjektiv

1) grateful; (anerkennend) appreciative <child, audience, etc.>

sich dankbar zeigen — show one's gratitude or appreciation

für eine baldige Antwort wären wir dankbar — we should be grateful for an early reply

2) (lohnend) rewarding < job, part, task, etc.>
2.
adverbial gratefully

jemanden dankbar anblicken — give somebody a look of gratitude

* * *

dankbar

A. adj

1. grateful (

für for), appreciative (of); Publikum: appreciative;

wir sind für oder

um umg

jeden Beitrag dankbar we appreciate ( oder are grateful for) every contribution;

ich wäre Ihnen dankbar, wenn … I’d be much obliged if … (auch iron), I’d appreciate it if …;

ich wäre Ihnen sehr dankbar, wenn Sie sich um Ihre eigenen Angelegenheiten kümmerten iron auch I’ll thank you to mind your own business;

man muss für alles dankbar sein you have to be thankful for small mercies ( oder for every little thing)

2. (lohnend) worthwhile; Aufgabe: auch rewarding;

er ist ein dankbares Opfer für ihre Sticheleien he’s an easy target ( oder a sitting duck) for her gibes

3. umg (strapazierfähig) Stoff: hard-wearing, durable; (anspruchslos) Pflanze: easy(-care), hardy;

eine dankbare Pflanze a plant which doesn’t need much attention

B. adv gratefully;

etwas dankbar annehmen accept sth gratefully ( oder with thanks)

* * *
1.
Adjektiv

1) grateful; (anerkennend) appreciative <child, audience, etc.>

sich dankbar zeigen — show one's gratitude or appreciation

für eine baldige Antwort wären wir dankbar — we should be grateful for an early reply

2) (lohnend) rewarding <job, part, task, etc.>
2.
adverbial gratefully

jemanden dankbar anblicken — give somebody a look of gratitude

* * *

adj.

grateful adj.

grateful n.

thankful n. adv.

gratefully n.

thankfully n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > dankbar
8 EIGA

possess

* * *

I)

(á, átta, áttr), v.

1) to own, possess (Starkaðr átti hest góðan);

2) to have (eiga börn, föður, móður, vin);

eiga konu, to have her for wife;

hann átti Gró, he was married to G.;

hann gekk at eiga Þóru, he took Th. for his wife, he married Th.;

enga vil ek þessa eiga, I will not marry any of these;

eiga heima, to have a home, to live (þeir áttu heima austr í Mörk);

eiga sér e-t = eiga e-t (Höskuldr átti sér dóttur, er Hallgerðr hét);

eiga ván e-s, to have hope of a thing, to reckon upon;

eiga hlut at or í e-u, to have a share in a thing, to be concerned in;

eiga vald á e-u, to have within one’s power;

3) to be under obligation, be obliged, have to do a thing;

tólf menn, þeir er fylgð áttu með konungi, who were bound to attend the king’s person;

á ek þar fyrir at sjá, I am bound (I have) to see to that;

átti Hrútr för í Vestfjorðu, H. had to go to the V.;

4) to have a right (claim) to, be entitled to (eiga högg ok höfn í skóginum);

eiga mál í e-m, to have a charge against one;

eiga rétt á sér, to have a (personal) claim to redress;

5) to keep, hold;

eiga fund, þing, samkvámu, stefnu, to hold a meeting;

eiga kaupstefnu, to hod a market;

eiga orrustu við e-n, to fight a battle with one;

eiga högg við e-n, to exchange blows with one;

eiga illt við e-n, to quarrel with;

eiga tal (or mál) við e-n, to speak, converse with one;

6) as an auxiliary with pp. = hafa (þat er við áttum mælt);

eiga skilit, to have stipulated;

7) to have to (skal Þ. eigi at því eiga at spotta);

eiga hendr sínar it verja, to have to act in self-defence;

eiga um vandræði at halda, to be in a strait;

8) eiga e-m e-t, to owe to one (mun æ, hvat þú átt þeim er veitir);

9) to be the person denoted by a thing;

þat muntu ætla, at ek mun eiga hinn bleika uxann, that the fawn-coloured ox means me;

10) with preps.:

eiga e-t at e-m, to have something due from one, to expect from one (þat vil ek eiga at þér, at þú segir mér frá ferð þinni);

to deserve from one (ok á ek annat at þér);

þeir er mikit þóttust at sér eiga, had much in their power;

eiga e-t eptir, to have to do yet, to have left undone (þat áttu eptir, er erfiðast er, en þat er at deyja);

to leave behind one (andaðist ok átti eptir tvá sonu vaxna);

eiga e-t saman, to own in common;

eiga skap saman, to agree well, be of one mind;

eigi veit ek, hvárt við eigum heill saman, whether we shall live happy together;

eiga saman, to quarrel, = eiga deild saman;

eiga um við e-n, to have to deal with (við brögðótta áttu nú um);

þar sem við vini mína er um at eiga, where my friends are concerned;

eiga e-t undir e-m, to have in another’s hands;

Njáll átti mikit fé undir Starkaði ok í Sandgili, N. had much money out at interest with St. and at Sandgil, er sá eigi vel staddr, er líf sitt á undir þinum trúnaði, whose life depends on thy good faith;

eiga mikit (lítit) undir sér, to have much (little) in one’s power;

far þú við marga menn, svá at þú eigir allt undir þér, that the whole matter rests in thy own hands;

hann sá, at hann átti ekki undir sér, that he had no influence;

eiga við e-n, to have to do with, fight with (brátt fundu þeir, at þeir áttu þar ekki við sinn maka);

ekki á ek þetta við þik, this is no business between thee and me;

eiga gott (illt) við e-n, to be on good (bad) terms with one;

eiga við konu, to have intercourse with, = eiga lag (samræði) við konu;

recipr., eigast við, to deal with one another; fight, quarrel;

eigast við deildir, to be engaged in strife;

áttust þeir höggvaskipti við, they exchanged blows with one another.

II)

f.

1) possession;

kasta sinni eigu, leggja sína eigu, í e-t, to take possession of;

2) property.

* * *

pret. átti; pret. subj. ætti, pres. eigi; pres. ind. á, 2nd pers. átt (irreg. eigr, Dipl. v. 24), pl. eigum, 3rd pers. pl. old form eigu, mod. eiga; imperat. eig and eigðu; sup. átt; with suffixed neg. pres. ind. 1st pers. á’k-at, 2nd pers. átt-attu; pret. subj. ættim-a: [Gr. ἔχω; Goth. aigan; A. S. âgan; Hel. êgan; O. H. G. eigan; Swed. äga; Dan. eje; Engl. to owe and own, of which the former etymologically answers to ‘eiga,’ the latter to ‘eigna’]:—to have, possess.

A. ACT.

I. denoting ownership, to possess:

1. in a proper sense; allt þat góz sem þeir eiga eðr eigandi verða, D. N. i. 80; hann eigr hálfa jörðina, Dipl. v. 24; Björn hljóp þá á skútu er hann átti, Eb. 6; Starkaðr átti hest góðan, Nj. 89; þau áttu gnótt í búi, 257; hón á allan arf eptir mik, 3; átti hón auð fjár, Ld. 20; ef annarr maðr ferr með goðorð en sá er á, Grág. i. 159; annat vápnit, ok á þat Þorbjörn, en Þorgautr á þetta, Ísl. ii. 341; eignir þær er faðir hans hafði átt, Eb. 4; í ríki því er Dana konungar höfðu átt þar lengi, Fms. xi. 301, Rb. 494, Eb. 54, 118, 256, 328, Sturl. ii. 60, Eg. 118; e. saman, to own in common, Grág. i. 199; ef tveir menn eigo bú saman, ii. 44; e. skuld (at e-m), to be in debt, Engl. to owe; en ef hann átti engar skuldir, if he owed no debts, i. 128; þar til átti honum ( owed him) meistari Þorgeirr ok þá mörk, D. N. iv. 288 (Fr.); e. fé undir e-m, to be one’s creditor, Nj. 101; in mod. usage, e. fé hjá e-m, or ellipt., e. hjá e-m.

2. in a special sense;

α. eiga konu, to have her to wife; hann átti Gró, Eb. 16; hann átti Ynghvildi, 3; Þorgerðr er (acc.) átti Vigfúss, … Geirríðr er (acc.) átti Þórólfr, 18; hann gékk at eiga Þóru, he married Thora, id.; Þuríði hafði hann áðr átta, Thorida had been his first wife, 42; enga vil ek þessa e., I will not marry any of these, Nj. 22; Björn átti þá konu er Valgerðr hét, 213, 257; faðir Hróðnýjar er átti Þorsteinn, Landn. 90; Ásdísi átti síðar Skúli, S. was A.’s second husband, 88; Þorgerðr er átti Önundr sjóni, 89; Vigdís er átti Þorbjörn enn digri, 87; Árnþrúðr er átti Þórir hersir, 66; Húngerð er átti Svertingr, 6l, 86, and in numberless passages: old writers hardly ever say that the wife owns her husband—the passages in Edda 109 (vide elja) and Nj. 52 (til lítils kemr mér at eiga hinn vaskasta mann á Íslandi) are extraordinary—owing to the primitive notion of the husband’s ‘jus possessionis’ (cp. brúðkaup); but in mod. usage ‘eiga’ is used indiscriminately of both wife and husband; Icel. even say, in a recipr. sense, eigast, to own one another, to be married: þau áttust, they married; hann vildi ekki at þau ættist, hann bannaði þeim að eigast, he forbade them to marry:—to the ancients such a phrase was almost unknown, and occurs for the first time in K. Á. 114.

β. eiga börn, to have children, of both parents; áttu þau Jófriðr tíu börn, J. and her husband had ten bairns, Eg. 708; hann átti dóttur eina er Unnr hét, Nj. 1; þau Þorsteinn ok Unnr áttu son er Steinn hét, Eb. 10, Nj. 91, 257; áttu þau Þórhildr þrjá sonu, 30; e. móður, föður, to have a mother, father, Eb. 98; vænti ek ok, at þú eigir illan föður, id.

γ. the phrase, e. heima, to have a home; þeir áttu heima austr í Mörk, Nj. 55; því at ek tek eigi heim í kveld, þar sem ek á heima út á Íslandi, 275; in mod. usage = to live, abide, in regard to place, cp. the questions put to a stranger, hvað heitir maðrinn? hvar áttu heima? used in a wider sense than búa.

δ. eiga sér, to have, cp. ‘havde sig’ in Dan. ballads; Höskuldr átti sér dóttur er Hallgerðr hét, Nj. 3; ef hann á sér í vá veru, Hm. 25, (freq. in mod. use.)

3. without strict notion of possession; e. vini, óvini, to have friends, enemies, Nj. 101; hverja liðveizlu skal ek þar e. er þú ert, what help can I reckon upon from thee? 100; e. ván e-s, to have hope of a thing, to reckon upon, 210; e. til, to have left; ekki eigu it annat til ( there is nothing left for you) nema at biðja postulann. Jóh. 623. 22: in mod. usage e. til means to own, to have left; hann á ekkert til, he is void of means, needy; eiga góða kosti fjár, to be in good circumstances, Ísl. ii. 322; e. vald á e-u, to have within one’s power, Nj. 265; the phrase, e. hlut at e-u, or e. hlut í e-u, to have a share, be concerned with; eptir þat átti hann hlut at við mótstöðumenn Gunnars, 101, 120; þar er þú ættir hlut at, where thou wast concerned, 119; mik uggir at hér muni eigi gæfu-menn hlut í e., 179: hence ellipt., e. í e-u, to be engaged in, chiefly of strife, adversity, or the like; thus, e. í stríði, fátaekt, baráttu, to live, be deep in struggle, want, battle, etc.

II. denoting duty, right, due, obligation:

1. to be bound, etc.; þeir menn er fylgð áttu með konungi, the men who owed following to (i. e. were bound to attend) the king’s person, Fms. vii. 240; á ek þar fyrir at sjá, I am bound to see to that, Eg. 318; Tylptar-kviðr átti um at skilja, Eb. 48; þeir spurðu hvárt Njáli þætti nokkut e. at lýsa vígsök Gunnars, Nj. 117; nú áttu, Sigvaldi, now is thy turn, now ought thou, Fms. xi. 109, Fs. 121; menn eigu ( men ought) at spyrja at þingfesti, Grág. i. 19; þá á þann kvið einskis meta, that verdict ought to be void, 59; ef sá maðr á ( owns) fé út hér er ómagann á ( who ought) fram at færa, 270; nú hafa þeir menn jammarga sem þeir eigu, as many as they ought to have, ii. 270; tíunda á maðr fé sitt, … þá á hann þat at tíunda, … þá á hann at gefa sálugjafir, i. 202:—‘eiga’ and ‘skal’ are often in the law used indiscriminately, but properly ‘ought’ states the moral, ‘shall’ the legal obligation,—elska skalt þú föður þinn og móður, þú skalt ekki stela, where ‘átt’ would be misplaced; sometimes it is merely permissive, gefa á maðr vingjafir at sér lifanda, ef hann vill, a man ‘may’ whilst in life bequeath to his friends, if he will, id.; maðr á at gefa barni sínu laungetnu tólf aura, ef hann vill, fyrir ráð skaparfa sinna, en eigi meira nema erfingjar lofi, a man ‘may’ bequeath to the amount of twelve ounces to his illegitimate child without leave of the lawful heir, etc., 203; ef þat á til at vilja, if that is to happen, Fas. i. 11.

2. denoting claim, right, to own, be entitled to, chiefly in law phrases; e. dóm, sakir, to own the case, i. e. be the lawful prosecutor; ok á sá þeirra sakir, er …, Grág. i. 10; eðr eigu þeir eigi at lögum, or if they be not entitled to it, 94; e. mál á e-m, to have a charge against one, Nj. 105; e. rétt á e-u, to own a right; sá sem rétt á á henni, who has a right to her, K. Á. 16; þeir sögðu at þeim þótti slíkr maðr mikinn rétt á sér e., such a man had a strong personal claim to redress, Nj. 105; hence the phrase, eiga öngan rétt á sér, if one cannot claim redress for personal injury; þá eigu þeir eigi rétt á sér, then they have no claim to redress whatever, Grág. i. 261; e. sök, saka-staði á e-u, to have a charge against; þat er hann átti öngva sök á, Nj. 130; saka-staði þá er hann þótti á eiga, 166; kalla Vermund eigi ( not) eiga at selja sik, said V. had no right to sell them, Eb. 116: hence in mod. usage, eiga denotes what is fit and right, þú átt ekki að göra það, you ought not; eg ætti ekki, I ought not: in old writers eiga is seldom strictly used in this sense, but denotes the legal rather than the moral right.

β. eiga fé at e-m (mod. e. hjá e-m), to be one’s creditor, Grág. i. 90, 405, Band. 1 C: metaph. to deserve from one, ok áttu annat at mér, Nj. 113; e. gjafir at e-m, 213; in a bad sense, kváðusk mikit e. at Þráni, they had much against Thrain, 138.

γ. the law phrase, e. útkvæmt, fært, to have the right to return, of a temporary exile, Nj. 251: at hann skyli eigi e. fært út hingat, Grág. i. 119; ok á eigi þingreitt, is not allowed to go to the parliament, ii. 17; e. vígt, Grág., etc.

III. denoting dealings or transactions between men (in a meeting, fight, trade, or the like), to keep, hold; þætti mér ráðliga at vér ættim einn fimtardóm, Nj. 150; e. orrustu við e-n, to fight a battle, Fms. i. 5, Eg. 7; e. högg við e-n, to exchange blows, 297; e. vápna-viðskipti, id., Fms. ii. 17; eiga handsöl at e-u, to shake hands, make a bargain, x. 248; e. ráð við e-n, to consult, hold a conference with, Nj. 127; e. tal við e-n, to speak, converse with one, 129; e. mál við e-n, id., Grág. i. 10; e. fund, to hold a meeting, Nj. 158; e. þing, samkvámu, stefnu, to hold a meeting, Eg. 271; þetta haust áttu menn rétt (a kind of meeting) fjölmenna, Eb. 106; e. kaupstefnu, to hold a market, exchange, 56; e. féránsdóm, Grág. i. 94; e. gott saman, to live well together, in peace and goodwill, Ld. 38; e. illt við e-n, to deal ill with, quarrel with, Nj. 98; e. búisifjar, q. v., of intercourse with neighbours, Njarð. 366; e. drykkju við e-n, to be one’s ‘cup-mate,’ Eg. 253; e. við e-n, to deal with one; ekki á ek þetta við þik, this is no business between thee and me, Nj. 93; gott vilda ek við alla menn e., I would live in goodwill with all, 47; e. við e-n, to fight one; eigum vér ekki við þá elligar (in a hostile sense), else let us not provoke them, 42; eðr hvárt vili it Helgi e. við Lýting einn eðr bræðr hans báða, 154; brátt fundu þeir, at þeir áttu þar eigi við sinn maka, Ld. 64; Glúmr kvað hann ekki þurfa at e. við sik, G. said he had no need to meddle with him, Glúm. 338; e. um að vera, to be concerned; ekki er við menn um at e., Nj. 97; þar sem við vini mína er um at e., where my friends are concerned, 52; við færi er þá um at e., ef Kári er einn, there are fewer to deal with, to fight, if K. be alone, 254; við brögðótta áttu nú um, Fms. v. 263; ætla ek at oss mun léttara falla at e. um við Svein einn, iv. 80; Sveinn svarar, at þeir áttu við ofrefli um at e., that they had to deal with odds, 165.

β. almost as an auxiliary verb; e. skilt (skilit), to have stipulated; hafa gripina svá sem hann átti skill, Fms. vi. 160; þat átta ek skilit við þik, ii. 93; sem Hrani átti skilt, iv. 31; e. mælt, of oral agreement; sem vit áttum mælt með okkr, xi. 40; þá vil ek þat mælt e., 124: in mod. usage e. skilit means to deserve, eg á ekki þetta skilit af hér, etc.

γ. sometimes used much like geta; við því átti Búi eigi gert, B. could not guard against that, Fms. i. 117, cp. xi. 109:—also, e. bágt, to be in a strait, poor, sickly; e. heimilt, to have at one’s disposal, Eb. 254.

IV. to have to do; skal Þorleifr eigi ( not) e. at því at spotta, Eb. 224; e. hendr sínar at verja, to have to defend one’s own hands, to act in self-defence, Nj. 47; e. e-m varlaunað, to stand in debt to one, 181; e. um vandræði at halda, to be in a strait, Eb. 108; e. erindi, to have an errand to run, 250; en er þeir áttu um þetta at tala, when they had to talk, were talking, of this, Stj. 391; e. ríkis at gæta, to have the care of the kingdom, Nj. 126; en þó á ek hverki at telja við þik mægðir né frændsemi, i. e. I am no relation to thee, 213; ok ætti þeir við annan at deila fyrst, 111; e. mikið at vinna, to be much engaged, hard at work, 97; e. e-t eptir, to have left a thing undone, 56; e. för, ferð, to have a journey to take, 11, 12; hann átti þar fé at heimta, 261; e. eptir mikit at mæla, 88.

2. metaph. in the phrases, e. mikit (lítið) ‘at’ ser, or ‘undir’ sér, to have much (or little) in one’s power; margir menn, þeir er mikit þóttusk at sér e., Sturl. i. 64; far þú við marga menn, svá at þú eigir allt undir þér, go with many men, so that thou hast the whole matter in thy hands, Ld. 250; en ávalt átta ek nokkuð undir mér, Vígl. 33; kann vera at hann eigi mikit undir sér, Fas. i. 37; eigum heldr undir oss ( better keep it in our own hands), en ganga í greipar þeim mæðginum, Fs. 37; sem þeir, er ekki eigu undir sér, who are helpless and weak, Þorst. St. 55; e. þykisk hann nokkut undir sér, i. e. he bears himself very proudly, Grett. 122; þetta ráð vil ek undir sonum mínum e., I will leave the matter in my sons’ hands, Valla L. 202; e. líf sitt undir e-m, to have one’s life in another’s hands, Grett. 154; mun ek nú senda eptir mönnum, ok e. eigi undir ójöfnuði hans, and trust him not, 110: hence in mod. usage, e. undir e-u, to risk; eg þori ekki að e. undir því, I dare not risk it: e. saman, to have or own in common; the saying, það á ekki saman nema nafnið, it has nothing but the name in common; rautt gull ok bleikt gull á ekki saman nema nafn eitt, Fms. v. 346: the proverb, þeygi á saman gamalt og ungt, Úlf. 3. 44; e. skap saman, to agree well; kemr þú þér því vel við Hallgerði, at it eigit meir skap saman, you are quite of one mind, Nj. 66; eigi veit ek hvárt við eigum heill saman, I know not whether we shall have luck, i. e. whether we shall live happy, together, 3.

β. to deal with one another (sam-eign); er vér skulum svá miklu úgæfu saman e., that we are to have so much mischief between us, Nj. 201; e. e-t yfir höfði, to have a thing hanging over one’s head, Sks. 742.

V. to agree with, to fit, to suit one:

1. with acc., það á ekki við mig, it suits me not, it agrees not with me.

2. with dat., medic. to agree, heal, the sickness in dat., thus the proverb, margt á við mörgu, cp. ‘similia similibus curantur,’ Vidal. ii. 109.

3. absol. to apply to; at hann skyldi eigi trúa lágum manni rauðskeggjuðum, því at meistarinn átti þetta, the description suited to the master, Fms. xi. 433; þat muntu ætla, at ek muna e. hinn bleika uxann, that the dun ox means me, Vápn. 21.

B. REFLEX., in a reciprocal sense, in the phrase, eigask við, to deal with one another, chiefly to fight; en er þeir höfðu langa hríð við átzk, when they had fought a long time, Eb. 238, 74; eigask við deildir, to be engaged in strife, 246; áttusk þeir höggva-viðskipti við, they came to a close fight, Fms. i. 38; áttusk þeir fá högg við, áðr …, they had a short fight before …, Eg. 297; fátt áttusk þeir við Þjóstólfr ok Þorvaldr, Thostolf and Thorwald had little to do with one another, kept aloof from each other, Nj. 18; var nú kyrt þann dag, svá at þeir áttusk ekki við, tbat day passed quietly, so that they came not to a quarrel, 222.

β. to marry, vide above (A. I. 2).

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EIGA
9 eiga

possess

* * *

I)

(á, átta, áttr), v.

1) to own, possess (Starkaðr átti hest góðan);

2) to have (eiga börn, föður, móður, vin);

eiga konu, to have her for wife;

hann átti Gró, he was married to G.;

hann gekk at eiga Þóru, he took Th. for his wife, he married Th.;

enga vil ek þessa eiga, I will not marry any of these;

eiga heima, to have a home, to live (þeir áttu heima austr í Mörk);

eiga sér e-t = eiga e-t (Höskuldr átti sér dóttur, er Hallgerðr hét);

eiga ván e-s, to have hope of a thing, to reckon upon;

eiga hlut at or í e-u, to have a share in a thing, to be concerned in;

eiga vald á e-u, to have within one’s power;

3) to be under obligation, be obliged, have to do a thing;

tólf menn, þeir er fylgð áttu með konungi, who were bound to attend the king’s person;

á ek þar fyrir at sjá, I am bound (I have) to see to that;

átti Hrútr för í Vestfjorðu, H. had to go to the V.;

4) to have a right (claim) to, be entitled to (eiga högg ok höfn í skóginum);

eiga mál í e-m, to have a charge against one;

eiga rétt á sér, to have a (personal) claim to redress;

5) to keep, hold;

eiga fund, þing, samkvámu, stefnu, to hold a meeting;

eiga kaupstefnu, to hod a market;

eiga orrustu við e-n, to fight a battle with one;

eiga högg við e-n, to exchange blows with one;

eiga illt við e-n, to quarrel with;

eiga tal (or mál) við e-n, to speak, converse with one;

6) as an auxiliary with pp. = hafa (þat er við áttum mælt);

eiga skilit, to have stipulated;

7) to have to (skal Þ. eigi at því eiga at spotta);

eiga hendr sínar it verja, to have to act in self-defence;

eiga um vandræði at halda, to be in a strait;

8) eiga e-m e-t, to owe to one (mun æ, hvat þú átt þeim er veitir);

9) to be the person denoted by a thing;

þat muntu ætla, at ek mun eiga hinn bleika uxann, that the fawn-coloured ox means me;

10) with preps.:

eiga e-t at e-m, to have something due from one, to expect from one (þat vil ek eiga at þér, at þú segir mér frá ferð þinni);

to deserve from one (ok á ek annat at þér);

þeir er mikit þóttust at sér eiga, had much in their power;

eiga e-t eptir, to have to do yet, to have left undone (þat áttu eptir, er erfiðast er, en þat er at deyja);

to leave behind one (andaðist ok átti eptir tvá sonu vaxna);

eiga e-t saman, to own in common;

eiga skap saman, to agree well, be of one mind;

eigi veit ek, hvárt við eigum heill saman, whether we shall live happy together;

eiga saman, to quarrel, = eiga deild saman;

eiga um við e-n, to have to deal with (við brögðótta áttu nú um);

þar sem við vini mína er um at eiga, where my friends are concerned;

eiga e-t undir e-m, to have in another’s hands;

Njáll átti mikit fé undir Starkaði ok í Sandgili, N. had much money out at interest with St. and at Sandgil, er sá eigi vel staddr, er líf sitt á undir þinum trúnaði, whose life depends on thy good faith;

eiga mikit (lítit) undir sér, to have much (little) in one’s power;

far þú við marga menn, svá at þú eigir allt undir þér, that the whole matter rests in thy own hands;

hann sá, at hann átti ekki undir sér, that he had no influence;

eiga við e-n, to have to do with, fight with (brátt fundu þeir, at þeir áttu þar ekki við sinn maka);

ekki á ek þetta við þik, this is no business between thee and me;

eiga gott (illt) við e-n, to be on good (bad) terms with one;

eiga við konu, to have intercourse with, = eiga lag (samræði) við konu;

recipr., eigast við, to deal with one another; fight, quarrel;

eigast við deildir, to be engaged in strife;

áttust þeir höggvaskipti við, they exchanged blows with one another.

II)

f.

1) possession;

kasta sinni eigu, leggja sína eigu, í e-t, to take possession of;

2) property.

* * *

u, f. ownership, property; þá er af hans e., Grág. ii. 304, Gþl. 312; alla eigu sína (al-eiga), Nj. 11; eiga í eigunni (mod. eigu sinni), to own, possess, Fms. vii. 156, 280; kasta eigu sinni á, to take in possession, Eg. 335.

COMPD: eiguligr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > eiga
10 aestimatio

aestĭmātĭo, ōnis, f. [id.].
I.
The estimating a thing according to its extrinsic (money) value, valuation, appraisement:
in censu habendo potestas omnis aestimationis habendae censori permittitur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 53: aestimatio frumenti, the determination of the prœtor ( legate or quœstor), how much ready money one should pay, instead of the corn which he was to furnish, id. ib. 2, 3, 92:
erat Athenis reo damnato, si fraus non capitalis esset, quasi poenae aestimatio,
i. e. a commutation of corporal punishment for a fine, id. de Or. 1, 54, 232.—So esp. litis or litium aestimatio, in Roman civil law, an estimating, valuation of the contested matter; in criminal law also, the stating how much the convicted person had to pay, an assessment of damages, Cic. Clu. 41, 116; id. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45 (cf. lis aestimata, id. ib. 1, 13):
lex de multarum aestimatione,
Liv. 4, 30.— After the civil war, Cæsar, in order to enable debtors to cancel the demands against them, decreed an aestimatio possessionum, i. e. an estimation or appraisement of real estate, according to the value which it had before the war, and compelled the creditors to take this in payment instead of money; they were also obliged to deduct from the sum demanded any interest that had been paid; v. Caes. B. C. 3, 1; and Suet. Caes. 42. Hence, in aestimationem accipere, to accept or agree to such a valuation, or payment by real estate at a high price:
a Marco Laberio C. Albinius praedia in aestimationem accepit,
Cic. Fam. 13, 8.—And meton., with an allusion to the law of Cæsar: aestimationes [p. 62] = praedia, the real estate received in payment:
quando aestimationes tuas vendere non potes,
Cic. Fam. 9, 18. Since the creditor was a loser by this regulation, aestimationem accipere, to suffer injury or loss, id. ib. 16.—
II.
Trop.
A.
A valuation, i. e. an estimation of a thing according to its intrinsic worth (while existimatio denotes the consideration, regard due to an object on account of its nominal value):
bonum hoc est quidem plurimi aestimandum, sed ea aestimatio genere valet, non magnitudine,
Cic. Fin. 3, 10, 34; so 3, 13, 44;
3, 6: semper aestimationem arbitriumque ejus honoris penes senatum fuisse,
Liv. 3, 63:
semper infra aliorum aestimationes se metiens,
Vell. 1, 127; 97; Plin. 3, 5, 9, § 67:
aestimatione rectā severus, deterius interpretantibus tristior habebatur,
Tac. H. 1, 14 al. —
B.
Poet., the worth or value of a thing:
Quod me non movet aestimatione,
Cat. 12, 12.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aestimatio
11 ver

v.

1 to perceive.

Veo a tu hermana muy cansado I see your sister very tired.

2 to have eyesight.

Mis ojos ven bien My eyes see fine.

3 to understand.

4 to be witness of, to witness.

5 to see, to look at, sight, to view.

¿ves algo? can you see anything?

he estado viendo tu trabajo I've been looking at your work

ya veo que estás de mal humor I can see you're in a bad mood

¿ves lo que quiero decir? do you see what I mean?

ir a ver lo que pasa to go and see what's going on

es una manera de ver las cosas that's one way of looking at it

yo no lo veo tan mal I don't think it's that bad

Ellos ven los cuadros They see the pictures.

Ellas ven los cuadros They see the pictures.

María ve la gravedad del asunto Mary sees the seriousness of the situation.

Mis ojos ven bien My eyes see fine.

Veo a tu hermano muy cansado I see your brother very tired.

* * *

VER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

veo, ves, ve, vemos, veis, ven.

Past Indicative

vi, viste, vio, vimos, visteis, vieron.

Imperfect Subjunctive

viera, vieras, viera, viéramos, vierais, vieran;

viese, vieses, viese, viésemos, vieseis, viesen.

Future Subjunctive

viere, vieres, viere, viéremos, viereis, vieren.

Imperative

ve (tú), vea (él/Vd.), veamos (nos.), ved (vos.), vean (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

visto,-a.

* * *

verb

1) to see

2) understand

3) examine

4) visit

5) witness

* * *
Para las expresiones ver visiones, no ver tres en un burro, ver el sustantivo.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=percibir)

a) [+ persona, objeto] to see

te vi en el parque — I saw you in the park

desde aquí lo verás mejor — you can see it better from here

lo he visto con mis propios ojos — I saw it with my own eyes

me acuerdo como si lo estuviera viendo — I remember it as if I were seeing it now, I remember it as if it were yesterday

—

¡hubieran visto qué casa! — (Méx) you should have seen the house!

• dejarse ver, este año Pedro no se ha dejado ver por aquí — we haven't seen much of Pedro this year

- no veo ni jota

si te he visto no me acuerdo —

le pedí que me ayudara, pero si te he visto no me acuerdo — I asked him to help me but he (just) didn't want to know

ver algn/algo venir —

-¿que ha dimitido? -eso ya lo veía venir — "he's resigned?" - "well, you could see it coming"

ya te veo venir, ¿a que quieres que te preste el coche? — I know what you're after, you want to borrow the car, don't you?

b) [+ gerund]

los vi paseando por el parque — I saw them walking in the park

c) [+ infin]

la vi bajar la escalera — I saw her come downstairs

eso lo he visto hacer aquí muchas veces — I have often seen that done here

d) [+ adj]

te veo muy triste — you look very sad

esta casa la veo pequeña para tanta gente — I think this house is too small for so many people

2) (=mirar) [+ televisión, programa, partido] to watch

anoche vi una película en la tele — I saw o watched a film on TV last night

• es (digno) de ver — it's worth seeing

no poder (ni) ver a algn —

no lo puedo (ni) ver — I can't stand him

3) (en saludos)

¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!

¡hasta más ver! — see you again!

4) (=visitar) to see

ayer fui a ver a tu hermano — I went to see your brother yesterday

tendré que ir a ver al abogado — I shall have to go to o and see my solicitor

el médico todavía no la ha visto — the doctor hasn't seen her yet

5) (=imaginar) to see, imagine

lo estoy viendo de almirante — I can just see o imagine him as an admiral

6) (=vivir) to live through

yo he visto dos guerras mundiales — I have lived through two world wars

y usted que lo vea, y tú que lo veas —

-¡a celebrarlo con salud el año próximo! - ¡y usted que lo vea! — "many happy returns!" - "thank you!"

7) (=examinar) to look at

este tema lo veremos en la próxima clase — we'll be looking at this subject in the next lesson

8) (=comprobar) to see

•¡verás como al final te caerás! — you'll fall, you just wait and see!

ya verás como al final tengo que hacerlo yo — I'll end up doing it myself, you'll see

• habrá que ver, habrá que ver lo que les habrá contado — we'll have to see what he's told them

• voy a ver si está en su despacho — I'll see if he's in his office

9) (=notar) to see

no veo la diferencia entre uno y otro — I can't see the difference between them

ya veo que tendré que hacerlo yo solo — I can see I'll have to do it myself

-¿ves que no son iguales? -pues, no lo veo — "can't you see they're not the same?" - "no, I can't"

-gana más de cien mil al mes -¡ya ves! — "she earns more than 100,000 a month" - "well, there you go!"

• dejarse ver, los efectos de la crisis se dejaron ver meses después — the effects of the crisis were felt months later

la preocupación se dejaba ver en su cara — the worry showed in his face

• echar de ver algo — to notice sth

• por lo que veo — from what I can see

10) (=entender) to see

ahora veo la importancia del problema — I see how serious the problem is now

¿no ves que...? — don't o can't you see that...?

no veo muy claro para qué lo quiere — I can't really see what he wants it for

• hacer ver algo a algn — to point sth out to sb

11) (=encontrar) to see

no veo nada en contra de eso — I see nothing against it

no le veo solución al conflicto — I can't see a solution to the conflict

yo este tema no lo veo así — I don't see this issue that way

12) (Jur) [+ pleito] to hear, try

el proceso se verá en mayo — the case will be heard in May

13) tener que ver

-es demasiado pequeño -¿y eso qué tiene que ver? — "it's too small" - "what's that got to do with it?"

esto tiene que ver con lo que estudiamos ayer — this has to do with what we were looking at yesterday

yo no tuve nada que ver en la venta del terreno — I had nothing to do with the sale of the land

14) a ver

a ver niños, ¿cuál es la capital de Francia? — now, children, what is the capital of France?

-mira, tú sales en la foto -¿a ver? — "look, you're in the photo" - "let's have a look" o"let's see"

a ver ese niño, que no se quede solo — don't leave that child on his own

a ver qué dicen las noticias sobre el robo — let's see if there's anything about the robbery on the news

a ver qué está pasando — let's see what's happening

-estás estudiando mucho -¡a ver, no queda más remedio! — "you're doing a lot of studying" - "well, I haven't got much choice!"

¡a ver, cállate ya! — shut up, will you!

¿a ver? — (And) (Telec) hello?

• a ver si..., a ver si acabas pronto — see if you can finish this off quickly

¡a ver si te crees que no lo sé! — surely you don't think I don't know about it!

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=percibir) to see

no veo muy bien con el ojo derecho — I can't see very well with my right eye

como vimos ayer en la conferencia — as we saw in the lecture yesterday

como veremos más adelante — as we shall see later

• eso está por ver — that remains to be seen

que no veo * —

tengo un hambre que no veo — I'm famished!

que no veas * —

hay un ruido que no veas — there's a hell of a racket! *

un coche que no veas — an amazing car

ver y callar —

no digas nada, tú solo ver y callar — you'd better keep your mouth shut about this

- ver para creer

2) (=comprobar) to see

según voy viendo... — as I am beginning to see...

-¿quién ha venido? -no sé, voy a ver — "who is it?" -"I don't know, I'll go and see"

- al final siempre me toca hacerlo a mi -ya veo — "in the end it's always me that has to do it" - "so I see"

3) (=entender) to see

¿ves?, así es mucho más fácil — you see? it's much easier like this

a mi modo de ver — as I see it, the way I see it

¿viste? — ( Cono Sur) right?, are you with me?

4)

• ver de hacer algo — to see about doing sth, try to do sth

tenemos que ver de solucionar este problema — we must try to o and find a solution to this problem

veremos de salir temprano — we'll see if we can leave early, we'll try to o and leave early

5) (otras locuciones)

•¡hay que ver!, ¡hay que ver lo que te pareces a tu madre! — gosh! how like your mother you are o look!

¡hay que ver lo que ha cambiado la ciudad! — it's incredible o you wouldn't believe how much the town has changed!

•¡ para que veas!, ha aprobado todas las asignaturas, ¡para que veas! — she passed all her exams, how about that!

no solo no perdí, sino que arrasé, ¡para que veas! — not only did I not lose, but I won by a mile, so there!

—

• lo dijo de por ver — ( Cono Sur) he was just trying it on *

—

todo quedó en veremos — it was all left in the air

eso está o queda en veremos — it's not certain yet

• vamos a ver — let's see..., let me see...

-¿esto tiene arreglo? -no sé, vamos a ver — "can this be repaired?" - "I don't know, let's see o let me see"

¿por qué no me llamaste, vamos a ver? — why didn't you call me, I'd like to know?

•ya veremos — we'll see

-¿podré ir a la fiesta? -ya veremos — "can I go to the party?" - "we'll see"

3.

See:

verse

* * *
I
masculino

1) ( aspecto)

de buen ver — good-looking, attractive

no es de mal ver — she's not bad-looking

2) ( opinión)

a mi/su ver — in my/his view
II 1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( percibir con la vista) to see

¿ves algo? — can you see anything?

no se ve nada aquí — you can't see a thing in here

tú ves visiones — you're seeing things

es como si lo estuviera viendo — it's as if I were seeing him/it now

ver algo/a alguien + inf — to see something/somebody + inf

la vi bailar hace años — I saw her dance years ago

lo vi hablando con ella — I saw him talking to her

si te he visto no me acuerdo — (fam) he/she doesn't/didn't want to know

ver venir algo — to see something coming

b) ( mirar) <programa/partido> to watch

ver (la) televisión — to watch television

esa película ya la he visto — I've seen that movie before

déjame ver — let me see

no poder (ni) ver a alguien: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver — he can't stand her

c) ( imaginar) to see, picture

2) (entender, notar) to see

¿no ves lo que está pasando? — don't o can't you see what's happening?

no quiere ver la realidad — he won't face up to reality

sólo ve sus problemas — he's only interested in his own problems

se te ve en la cara — I can tell by your face

se la ve feliz/preocupada — she looks happy/worried

ya lo veo — I can see that

hacerse ver — (RPl) to show off

echar de ver — (Esp) to realize

3)

a) (constatar, comprobar) to see

ve a ver quién es — go and see who it is

ya verás lo que pasa! — you'll see what happens

habrá que ver si lo hace — it remains to be seen whether he does it

eso ya se verá! — we'll see

eso está por ver! — we'll see about that!

no me olvidé para que veas! — I didn't forget, see?

le gané para que veas! — I beat him, so there!

b) ( ser testigo de) to see

vieron confirmadas sus sospechas — they saw their suspicions confirmed

nunca he visto cosa igual! — I've never seen anything like it!

habráse visto semejante desfachatez! — what a nerve! (colloq)

si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! — you can't imagine how awful it was!

es tan bonita, si vieras... — she's so pretty, you should see her

vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron...! — (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!

ya ves, aquí me tienes — well, here I am

hay que ver! — would you believe it!

hay que ver lo que ha crecido! — wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!

hay que ver lo grosera que es — she's incredibly rude

que no veas — (Esp fam)

me echó una bronca que no veas — you wouldn't believe the earful she gave me! (colloq)

que no veo — (AmL fam)

tengo un hambre que no veo — (fam) I'm absolutely starving (colloq)

tengo un sueño que no veo — I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open

4)

a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?; aquí está en el periódico - ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper - let's see; ¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see what you've got there; apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and let's see what happens; a ver si me entienden ( justificando) don't get me wrong; ( explicando) let me make myself clear; a ver si estudias más I'd think about studying harder; a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon; cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you; a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos — come and see us soon

5)

a) ( estudiar)

esto mejor que lo veas tú — you'd better have a look at this

tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo — I have to work out how I can fix it

ya veré qué hago — I'll decide what to do later

véase el capítulo anterior — see (the) previous chapter

no vimos ese tema en clase — we didn't cover that topic in class

b) médico ( examinar) to see

¿la ha visto un médico? — has she been seen by a doctor yet?

se hizo ver por un especialista — (AmS) she saw a specialist

c) (Der) < causa> to try, hear

6)

a) (juzgar, considerar)

yo eso no lo veo bien — I don't think that's right

cada uno ve las cosas a su manera — everybody sees things differently

a mi modo or manera de ver — the way I see it

b) ( encontrar) to see

no le veo salida a esto — I can't see any way out of this

no le veo la gracia — I don't think it's funny

no le veo nada de malo — I can't see anything wrong in it

7) (visitar, entrevistarse con) <amigo/pariente> to see, visit; <médico/jefe> to see

cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see (colloq)

ahora lo vemos menos — we don't see so much of him now

8)

tener... que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?; no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him; ¿tuviste algo que ver en esto? did you have anything to do with this?; ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?; ¿tendrán algo que ver con los Zamora? — are they related in any way to the Zamoras?
2.
ver vi

1) ( percibir con la vista) to see

enciende la luz que no veo — turn on the light, I can't see

no veo bien de lejos/de cerca — I'm shortsighted/longsighted

2) ( constatar)

¿hay cerveza? - no sé, voy a ver — is there any beer? - I don't know, I'll have a look

¿está Juan? - voy a ver — is Juan in? - I'll go and see

verás, no quería decírtelo, pero... — look, I didn't want to tell you, but...

pues verás, todo empezó cuando... — well you see, the whole thing began when...

ver para creer — seeing is believing

3) ( pensar) to see

¿vas a decir que sí? - ya veré — are you going to accept? - I'll see

estar/seguir en veremos — (AmL fam)

todavía está en veremos — it isn't certain yet

seguimos en veremos — we still don't know anything
3.
verse v pron

1) (refl)

a) ( percibirse) to see oneself

se vio reflejado en el agua — he saw his reflection in the water

b) ( imaginarse) to see oneself

2)

a) ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself

me vi en un aprieto — I found myself in a tight spot

me vi obligado a despedirlo — I had no choice but to dismiss him

vérselas venir — (fam)

me las veía venir — I could see it coming

verse venir algo — to see something coming

b) (frml) ( ser)

este problema se ha visto agravado por... — this problem has been made worse by...

el país se verá beneficiado — the country will benefit

3) ( dejar ver) (+ me/te/le etc)

se te ve todo — you're showing everything

4) (esp AmL) ( parecer)

se ve bien con esa falda — she looks good in that skirt

no se ve bien con ese peinado — that hairdo doesn't suit her

5) (recípr) ( encontrarse) to meet; ( visitarse) to see each other

nos vemos a las siete — I'll meet o see you at seven

no nos vimos durante un tiempo — we didn't see each other for a while

nos vemos! — (esp AmL) see you!

verse con alguien — to see somebody

vérselas con alguien: tendrá que vérselas conmigo — he'll have me to deal with

* * *

= descry, discern, see, spot, view, view, witness, check out, make out, look down over, look down on/upon, catch + sight of.

Ex. He looked up and descried a gym class, all wet and draggled, scurrying back across the sodden football field.

Ex. Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.

Ex. Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.

Ex. When all necessary amendments have been spotted, edit the draft abstract and make any improvements to the style that are possible.

Ex. Thus it is possible in an author sequence to view easily the works of one author.

Ex. Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.

Ex. We sometimes only have to speak a word to witness a reaction in other people that should logically follow only if the object itself were present.

Ex. Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.

Ex. She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.

Ex. There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.

Ex. The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.

Ex. 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.

----

* acercarse sin ser visto = sidle up to.

* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.

* algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* al ver = at the sight of.

* a mi modo de ver = in my books.

* de buen ver = good looking.

* dejar de ver = become + blind to.

* dejarse ver = have + visibility.

* dichosos los ojos que te ven = a sight for sore eyes.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* el ver televisión = television viewing.

* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.

* estar por ver = be an open question.

* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.

* hacerse ver = gain + exposure.

* hacer ver = alert to, bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, call + attention to, awaken, bring + home, open + Posesivo + eyes to, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice, get across.

* hacer ver claramente = hammer + home + message, show + clearly.

* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.

* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.

* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.

* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = cannot see the forest for the trees.

* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.

* no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no querer tener nada que ver Algo = would not touch + Nombre + with a barge pole.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no ver = be blind to.

* no ver con buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.

* no verse afectado = be none the worse for wear, be none the worse for (that).

* no verse comprometido por = be uncompromised by.

* no verse en peligro = be uncompromised by.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.

* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.

* referencia "véase" = see reference.

* referencia "véase además" = see also reference.

* salir sin ser visto = slip out, steal away.

* según lo ve + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.

* ser algo por ver = be an open question.

* sin ser visto = undetected, unobserved.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener que ver con = be concerned with, concern, relate to, hold + a stake in, have + a stake in, be a question of.

* una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.

* una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.

* un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* véase = see under, SU, refer-to, qv (quod vide -latín).

* véase además = see also.

* véase como ejemplo = witness.

* véase desde = see from, refer-from.

* véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.

* Veo, Veo = I Spy.

* ver Algo a través de los ojos de Alguien = look at + Nombre + through + Posesivo + eyes.

* ver Algo con humor = a funny eye for.

* ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.

* ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.

* ver Algo desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = see + Nombre + in a + Adjetivo + light.

* ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver a través de = see through, see through.

* ver bien = welcome.

* ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* ver con los prismáticos = glass.

* ver con recelo = have + reservations (about).

* ver con un ojo crítico = view with + a critical eye.

* ver de antemano = preview.

* ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.

* ver desventajas = see + drawbacks.

* ver de un vistazo = see + at a glance.

* ver doble = see + double.

* ver el motivo de Algo = glean + the reason for.

* ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.

* ver el porqué = see + the point.

* ver el propósito = see + the point.

* ver el sentido = see + the point.

* ver en pantalla = scroll.

* ver faltas en = see + faults in.

* ver grabación en vídeo = video playback.

* ver inconvenientes = see + drawbacks.

* ver la finalidad = see + the point.

* ver la luz = see + the light.

* ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.

* ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.

* ver la muerte de cerca = have + brushes with death.

* ver la oportunidad = see + a chance.

* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.

* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.

* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.

* ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.

* ver las estrellas = see + stars.

* ver la tele = watch + the telly.

* ver la utilidad = see + the point.

* verle las orejas al lobo = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.

* ver lo que + avecinarse = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.

* ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.

* ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.

* ver + Nombre + desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = see + Nombre + through + Nombre + eyes.

* verse en la necesidad = be constrained to.

* verse en la necesidad de = be left with the need to.

* verse en la necesidad urgente de = be hard pressed.

* verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.

* verse en medio de = caught in the middle.

* verse envuelto en = become + involved in, get + involved with/in.

* verse frustrado = become + frustrated.

* vérselas canutas = have + a devil of a time.

* vérselas con = contend with.

* vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.

* vérsele a Alguien el plumero = give + Reflexivo + away.

* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.

* verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.

* verse obligado a no + Infinitivo = be enjoined from + Gerundio.

* verse superado sólo por = be second only to.

* verse venir = be on the cards.

* ver televisión = watch + television.

* ver un fantasma = see + a ghost.

* ver ventajas = see + advantages.

* vistas desde fuera = outwardly.

* visto desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.

* * *
I
masculino

1) ( aspecto)

de buen ver — good-looking, attractive

no es de mal ver — she's not bad-looking

2) ( opinión)

a mi/su ver — in my/his view
II 1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( percibir con la vista) to see

¿ves algo? — can you see anything?

no se ve nada aquí — you can't see a thing in here

tú ves visiones — you're seeing things

es como si lo estuviera viendo — it's as if I were seeing him/it now

ver algo/a alguien + inf — to see something/somebody + inf

la vi bailar hace años — I saw her dance years ago

lo vi hablando con ella — I saw him talking to her

si te he visto no me acuerdo — (fam) he/she doesn't/didn't want to know

ver venir algo — to see something coming

b) ( mirar) <programa/partido> to watch

ver (la) televisión — to watch television

esa película ya la he visto — I've seen that movie before

déjame ver — let me see

no poder (ni) ver a alguien: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver — he can't stand her

c) ( imaginar) to see, picture

2) (entender, notar) to see

¿no ves lo que está pasando? — don't o can't you see what's happening?

no quiere ver la realidad — he won't face up to reality

sólo ve sus problemas — he's only interested in his own problems

se te ve en la cara — I can tell by your face

se la ve feliz/preocupada — she looks happy/worried

ya lo veo — I can see that

hacerse ver — (RPl) to show off

echar de ver — (Esp) to realize

3)

a) (constatar, comprobar) to see

ve a ver quién es — go and see who it is

ya verás lo que pasa! — you'll see what happens

habrá que ver si lo hace — it remains to be seen whether he does it

eso ya se verá! — we'll see

eso está por ver! — we'll see about that!

no me olvidé para que veas! — I didn't forget, see?

le gané para que veas! — I beat him, so there!

b) ( ser testigo de) to see

vieron confirmadas sus sospechas — they saw their suspicions confirmed

nunca he visto cosa igual! — I've never seen anything like it!

habráse visto semejante desfachatez! — what a nerve! (colloq)

si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! — you can't imagine how awful it was!

es tan bonita, si vieras... — she's so pretty, you should see her

vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron...! — (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!

ya ves, aquí me tienes — well, here I am

hay que ver! — would you believe it!

hay que ver lo que ha crecido! — wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!

hay que ver lo grosera que es — she's incredibly rude

que no veas — (Esp fam)

me echó una bronca que no veas — you wouldn't believe the earful she gave me! (colloq)

que no veo — (AmL fam)

tengo un hambre que no veo — (fam) I'm absolutely starving (colloq)

tengo un sueño que no veo — I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open

4)

a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?; aquí está en el periódico - ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper - let's see; ¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see what you've got there; apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and let's see what happens; a ver si me entienden ( justificando) don't get me wrong; ( explicando) let me make myself clear; a ver si estudias más I'd think about studying harder; a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon; cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you; a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos — come and see us soon

5)

a) ( estudiar)

esto mejor que lo veas tú — you'd better have a look at this

tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo — I have to work out how I can fix it

ya veré qué hago — I'll decide what to do later

véase el capítulo anterior — see (the) previous chapter

no vimos ese tema en clase — we didn't cover that topic in class

b) médico ( examinar) to see

¿la ha visto un médico? — has she been seen by a doctor yet?

se hizo ver por un especialista — (AmS) she saw a specialist

c) (Der) < causa> to try, hear

6)

a) (juzgar, considerar)

yo eso no lo veo bien — I don't think that's right

cada uno ve las cosas a su manera — everybody sees things differently

a mi modo or manera de ver — the way I see it

b) ( encontrar) to see

no le veo salida a esto — I can't see any way out of this

no le veo la gracia — I don't think it's funny

no le veo nada de malo — I can't see anything wrong in it

7) (visitar, entrevistarse con) <amigo/pariente> to see, visit; <médico/jefe> to see

cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see (colloq)

ahora lo vemos menos — we don't see so much of him now

8)

tener... que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?; no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him; ¿tuviste algo que ver en esto? did you have anything to do with this?; ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?; ¿tendrán algo que ver con los Zamora? — are they related in any way to the Zamoras?
2.
ver vi

1) ( percibir con la vista) to see

enciende la luz que no veo — turn on the light, I can't see

no veo bien de lejos/de cerca — I'm shortsighted/longsighted

2) ( constatar)

¿hay cerveza? - no sé, voy a ver — is there any beer? - I don't know, I'll have a look

¿está Juan? - voy a ver — is Juan in? - I'll go and see

verás, no quería decírtelo, pero... — look, I didn't want to tell you, but...

pues verás, todo empezó cuando... — well you see, the whole thing began when...

ver para creer — seeing is believing

3) ( pensar) to see

¿vas a decir que sí? - ya veré — are you going to accept? - I'll see

estar/seguir en veremos — (AmL fam)

todavía está en veremos — it isn't certain yet

seguimos en veremos — we still don't know anything
3.
verse v pron

1) (refl)

a) ( percibirse) to see oneself

se vio reflejado en el agua — he saw his reflection in the water

b) ( imaginarse) to see oneself

2)

a) ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself

me vi en un aprieto — I found myself in a tight spot

me vi obligado a despedirlo — I had no choice but to dismiss him

vérselas venir — (fam)

me las veía venir — I could see it coming

verse venir algo — to see something coming

b) (frml) ( ser)

este problema se ha visto agravado por... — this problem has been made worse by...

el país se verá beneficiado — the country will benefit

3) ( dejar ver) (+ me/te/le etc)

se te ve todo — you're showing everything

4) (esp AmL) ( parecer)

se ve bien con esa falda — she looks good in that skirt

no se ve bien con ese peinado — that hairdo doesn't suit her

5) (recípr) ( encontrarse) to meet; ( visitarse) to see each other

nos vemos a las siete — I'll meet o see you at seven

no nos vimos durante un tiempo — we didn't see each other for a while

nos vemos! — (esp AmL) see you!

verse con alguien — to see somebody

vérselas con alguien: tendrá que vérselas conmigo — he'll have me to deal with

* * *

= descry, discern, see, spot, view, view, witness, check out, make out, look down over, look down on/upon, catch + sight of.

Ex: He looked up and descried a gym class, all wet and draggled, scurrying back across the sodden football field.

Ex: Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.

Ex: Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.

Ex: When all necessary amendments have been spotted, edit the draft abstract and make any improvements to the style that are possible.

Ex: Thus it is possible in an author sequence to view easily the works of one author.

Ex: Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.

Ex: We sometimes only have to speak a word to witness a reaction in other people that should logically follow only if the object itself were present.

Ex: Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.

Ex: She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.

Ex: There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.

Ex: The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.

Ex: 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.

* acercarse sin ser visto = sidle up to.

* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.

* algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* al ver = at the sight of.

* a mi modo de ver = in my books.

* de buen ver = good looking.

* dejar de ver = become + blind to.

* dejarse ver = have + visibility.

* dichosos los ojos que te ven = a sight for sore eyes.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* el ver televisión = television viewing.

* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.

* estar por ver = be an open question.

* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.

* hacerse ver = gain + exposure.

* hacer ver = alert to, bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, call + attention to, awaken, bring + home, open + Posesivo + eyes to, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice, get across.

* hacer ver claramente = hammer + home + message, show + clearly.

* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.

* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.

* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.

* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = cannot see the forest for the trees.

* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.

* no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no querer tener nada que ver Algo = would not touch + Nombre + with a barge pole.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no ver = be blind to.

* no ver con buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.

* no verse afectado = be none the worse for wear, be none the worse for (that).

* no verse comprometido por = be uncompromised by.

* no verse en peligro = be uncompromised by.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.

* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.

* referencia "véase" = see reference.

* referencia "véase además" = see also reference.

* salir sin ser visto = slip out, steal away.

* según lo ve + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.

* ser algo por ver = be an open question.

* sin ser visto = undetected, unobserved.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener que ver con = be concerned with, concern, relate to, hold + a stake in, have + a stake in, be a question of.

* una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.

* una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.

* un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* véase = see under, SU, refer-to, qv (quod vide -latín).

* véase además = see also.

* véase como ejemplo = witness.

* véase desde = see from, refer-from.

* véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.

* Veo, Veo = I Spy.

* ver Algo a través de los ojos de Alguien = look at + Nombre + through + Posesivo + eyes.

* ver Algo con humor = a funny eye for.

* ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.

* ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.

* ver Algo desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = see + Nombre + in a + Adjetivo + light.

* ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver a través de = see through, see through.

* ver bien = welcome.

* ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* ver con los prismáticos = glass.

* ver con recelo = have + reservations (about).

* ver con un ojo crítico = view with + a critical eye.

* ver de antemano = preview.

* ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.

* ver desventajas = see + drawbacks.

* ver de un vistazo = see + at a glance.

* ver doble = see + double.

* ver el motivo de Algo = glean + the reason for.

* ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.

* ver el porqué = see + the point.

* ver el propósito = see + the point.

* ver el sentido = see + the point.

* ver en pantalla = scroll.

* ver faltas en = see + faults in.

* ver grabación en vídeo = video playback.

* ver inconvenientes = see + drawbacks.

* ver la finalidad = see + the point.

* ver la luz = see + the light.

* ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.

* ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.

* ver la muerte de cerca = have + brushes with death.

* ver la oportunidad = see + a chance.

* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.

* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.

* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.

* ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.

* ver las estrellas = see + stars.

* ver la tele = watch + the telly.

* ver la utilidad = see + the point.

* verle las orejas al lobo = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.

* ver lo que + avecinarse = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.

* ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.

* ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.

* ver + Nombre + desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = see + Nombre + through + Nombre + eyes.

* verse en la necesidad = be constrained to.

* verse en la necesidad de = be left with the need to.

* verse en la necesidad urgente de = be hard pressed.

* verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.

* verse en medio de = caught in the middle.

* verse envuelto en = become + involved in, get + involved with/in.

* verse frustrado = become + frustrated.

* vérselas canutas = have + a devil of a time.

* vérselas con = contend with.

* vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.

* vérsele a Alguien el plumero = give + Reflexivo + away.

* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.

* verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.

* verse obligado a no + Infinitivo = be enjoined from + Gerundio.

* verse superado sólo por = be second only to.

* verse venir = be on the cards.

* ver televisión = watch + television.

* ver un fantasma = see + a ghost.

* ver ventajas = see + advantages.

* vistas desde fuera = outwardly.

* visto desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.

* * *

ver¹

masculine

A

(aspecto): aún está de buen ver he's still good-looking o attractive, he still looks good

no es de mal ver she's not bad-looking

B

(opinión): a mi/su ver in my/his view, as I see/he sees it

ver² [ E29 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ ver (verbo transitivo)

A

1 percibir con la vista

2 mirar

3 imaginar

B

1 entender, notar

2 echar de ver

C

1 constatar, comprobar

2 ser testigo de

D a ver

E

1 estudiar

2 examinar: médico

3 Derecho

F

1 juzgar, considerar

2 encontrar

G visitar, entrevistarse con

H en el póquer

I tener... que ver

■ ver (verbo intransitivo)

A percibir con la vista

B constatar

C estudiar, pensar

D a ver

E ver de

■ verse (verbo pronominal)

A

1 percibirse

2 imaginarse

B

1 hallarse

2 ser

C parecer

D encontrarse

vt

A

1 (percibir con la vista) to see

¿ves el letrero allí enfrente? can o do you see that sign opposite?

lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own eyes

¿ves algo? can you see anything?

enciende la luz que no se ve nada switch on the light, I can't see a thing

tú ves visiones, allí no hay nada you're seeing things, there's nothing there

se te ve la combinación your slip is showing

me acuerdo perfectamente, es como si lo estuviera viendo I remember it perfectly, as if I were seeing it now

ver algo/a algn + INF/GER:

la vi bailar en Londres hace años I saw her dance in London years ago

la vi metérselo en el bolsillo I saw her put it into her pocket

los vieron salir por la puerta trasera they were seen leaving by the back door

lo vi hablando con ella I saw him talking to her

ahí donde lo/la ves: ahí donde la ves tiene un genio … incredible though it may seem, she has a real temper …

aquí donde me ves, tengo 90 años cumplidos believe it or not, I'm ninety years old

no ver ni tres en un burro or ni un burro a tres pasos or ni jota ( fam): sin gafas no veo ni jota I can't see a thing without my glasses, without my glasses I'm as blind as a bat

si te he visto no me acuerdo ( fam): en cuanto le pedí un favor, si te he visto no me acuerdo as soon as I asked a favor of him, he just didn't want to know

ver venir algo/a algn: el fracaso se veía venir it was obvious o you could see it was going to fail

te veía venir, ya sabía lo que me ibas a pedir I thought as much, I knew what you were going to ask me for

ya lo veo venir, seguro que quiere una semana libre I know what he's after, I bet he wants a week off ( colloq)

¡y tú que lo veas!: ¡que cumplas muchos más! — ¡y tú que lo veas! many happy returns! — thank you very much

van a bajar los impuestos — ¡y tú que lo veas! ( iró); they're going to cut taxes — do you think you'll live long enough to see it? ( iro)

2 (mirar) to watch

estaba viendo la televisión I was watching television

esa película ya la he visto I've seen that movie before

¿te has hecho daño?, déjame ver have you hurt yourself? let me see

un espectáculo que hay que ver a show which you must see o which is not to be missed o ( colloq) which is a must

no poder (ni) ver a algn: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver he can't stand her, he can't stand the sight of her

no lo puedo ver ni pintado or ni en pintura ( fam); I can't stand the sight of him

3 (imaginar) to see, imagine, picture

yo no la veo viviendo en el campo I can't see o imagine o picture her living in the country

ya la veo tumbada en la arena sin hacer nada … I can see o picture her now lying on the sand doing nothing …

B

1 (entender, notar) to see

¿no ves que la situación es grave? don't o can't you see how serious the situation is?

¿ves qué amargo es? you see how bitter it is?

no quiere ver la realidad he won't face up to reality

sólo ve sus problemas he's only interested in his own problems

se te ve en la cara I can tell by your face

se le ve que disfruta con su trabajo you can see o tell she enjoys her work

te veo preocupado ¿qué te pasa? you look worried, what's the matter?

la veo muy contenta she looks o seems very happy

es un poco complicado, ¿sabes? — ya se ve it's a bit complicated, you know — so I (can) see

ya veo/ya se ve que no tienes mucha práctica en esto I can see o it's obvious you haven't had much practice at this, you obviously haven't had much practice at this

hacerse ver ( RPl); to show off

2

echar de ver to realize, notice

pronto echó de ver que le faltaba dinero he soon realized o noticed that some of his money was missing

se echa de ver que está muy contento it's obvious he's very happy

C

1 (constatar, comprobar) to see

ve a ver quién es go and see who it is

¡ya verás lo que es bueno si no me haces caso! you'll see what you get if you don't do as I say

habrá que ver si cumple su promesa it remains to be seen o we'll have to see whether he keeps his promise

verás como no viene he won't come, wait and see o you'll see

ya no funciona ¿lo ves? or ¿viste? te dije que no lo tocaras now, it's not working any more. You see? I told you not to touch it

¡eso ya se verá! we'll see

¡eso está por ver! we'll see about that!

¡para que veas! ¡tú que decías que no iba a ser capaz! see? I did it! and you said I wouldn't be able to!

gané por tres sets a cero ¡para que veas! I won by three sets to love, so there!

2 (ser testigo de) to see

vieron confirmadas sus sospechas they saw their suspicions confirmed, their suspicions were confirmed

¡nunca he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it!

¡habráse visto semejante desfachatez! what a nerve! ( colloq)

¡si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! you can't imagine how awful it was!

es tan bonita, si vieras … she's so pretty, you should see her

¡vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron …! ( AmL); you should have seen the fright they got!

tenías que haber visto lo furioso que se puso you should have seen how angry he got

¡hombre! ¿tú por aquí? — ya ves, no tenía otra cosa que hacer hello, what are you doing here? — well, I didn't have anything else to do

pensaba tomarme el día libre pero ya ves, aquí me tienes I intended taking the day off but … well, here I am

¡hay que ver! ¡lo que son las cosas! well, well, well! o I don't know! would you believe it?

¡hay que ver! hasta se llevaron el dinero de los niños would you believe it! they even took the children's money

¡hay que ver lo que ha crecido! wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!

hay que ver qué bien se portaron they behaved really well, it's amazing how well they behaved

hay que ver lo grosera que es she's incredibly rude

que no veas ( Esp fam): me echó una bronca que no veas she gave me such an earful! ( colloq), you wouldn't believe the earful she gave me! ( colloq)

tenía una borrachera que no veas he was absolutely blind drunk

tienen una cocina que no veas they have an incredible kitchen

que no veo ( AmL fam): tengo un hambre que no veo ( fam); I'm absolutely starving ( colloq), I'm so hungry I could eat a horse ( colloq)

tengo un sueño que no veo I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open

D

a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right o well, now, what's the problem?

a ver, el fórceps, rápido give me the forceps, quickly

aquí está en el periódico — ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper — let's see

¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see o show me what you've got there, what have you got there?

aprieta el botón a ver qué pasa press the button and let's see what happens

a ver si me entienden (justificando) don't get me wrong; (explicando) let me make myself clear

a ver si arreglas esa lámpara when are you going to fix that light?

a ver si escribes pronto write soon, make sure you write soon

¡cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you

¡a ver si ahora se cree que se lo robé yo! I hope he doesn't think that I stole it!

a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos come and see us soon/one of these days

¡a ver! (AmC, Col) (al contestar el teléfono) hello?

E

1

(estudiar): esto mejor que lo veas tú you'd better look at this o see this o have a look at this

tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo I have to work out o see how I can fix it

aún no lo sé, ya veré qué hago I still don't know, I'll decide what to do later

véase el capítulo anterior see (the) previous chapter

no vimos ese tema en clase we didn't look at o study o do that topic in class

2

«médico» (examinar): ¿la ha visto ya un médico? has she been seen by a doctor yet?, has she seen a doctor yet?

¿por qué no te haces ver por un especialista? ( AmS); why don't you see a specialist?

3 ( Derecho) ‹causa› to try, hear

F

1

(juzgar, considerar): yo eso no lo veo bien I don't think that's right

cada uno ve las cosas a su manera everybody has their own point of view, everybody sees things differently

a mi modo or manera de ver to my way of thinking, the way I see it

2 (encontrar) to see

no le veo salida a esta situación I can't see any way out of this situation

¿tú le ves algún inconveniente? can you see any drawbacks to it?

no le veo la gracia I don't think it's funny, I don't find it funny

no le veo nada de malo I can't see anything wrong in it

no veo por qué no I don't see why not

G

(visitar, entrevistarse con): es mejor que vea a su propio médico it's better if you go to o see your own doctor

hace tiempo que no lo veo I haven't seen him for some time

¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see ( colloq)

aún no he ido a ver a la abuela I still haven't been to see o visit grandmother

ahora que vive lejos lo vemos menos we don't see so much of him now that he lives so far away

H

(en el póquer): las veo I'll see you

I

tener … que ver: eso no tiene nada que ver con lo que estamos discutiendo that has nothing to do with what we are discussing

es muy joven — ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? he's very young — and what does that have to do with it?

no tengo nada que ver con esa compañía I have nothing to do with that company, I have no connection with that company

¿tuviste algo que ver en ese asunto? did you have anything to do with o any connection with that business?, were you involved in that business?

¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?

¿tendrán algo que ver con los Icasuriaga de Zamora? are they related in any way to the Icasuriagas from Zamora?

■ ver

vi

A (percibir con la vista) to see

no veo bien de lejos/de cerca I'm shortsighted/longsighted

enciende la luz que no veo turn on the light, I can't see

B

(constatar): ¿hay cerveza? — no sé, voy a ver is there any beer? — I don't know, I'll have a look

¿está Juan? — voy a ver is Juan in? — I'll go and see

verás, no quería engañarte pero … look, I wasn't trying to deceive you, it's just that …

pues verás, la cosa empezó cuando … well you see, the whole thing began when …

ver para creer seeing is believing

C (estudiar, pensar) to see

vamos a veror veamos, ¿dónde le duele? let's see now, where does it hurt?

¿vas a decir que sí? — ya veré, déjame pensarlo un poco are you going to accept? I'll see, let me think about it

estar/seguir en veremos ( AmL fam): todavía está en veremos it isn't certain yet

seguimos en veremos we still don't know anything, we're still in the dark

D

a ver see ver² vt D.

E ver de (procurar) to try

vean de que no se dé cuenta try to make sure he doesn't notice

vamos a ver de hacerlo lo más rápido posible let's try to get it done o let's see if we can get it done as quickly as possible

■ verse

v pron

A ( refl)

1 (percibirse) to see oneself

¿te quieres ver en el espejo? do you want to see yourself o look at yourself in the mirror?

se vio reflejado en el agua he saw his reflection in the water

2 (imaginarse) to see oneself

¿tú te ves viviendo allí? can you see yourself living there?

B

1 (hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself

me vi obligado a despedirlo I was obliged to dismiss him, I had no choice but to dismiss him

se vio en la necesidad de pedir dinero prestado he found himself having to borrow money

me vi en un aprieto I found myself in a tight spot

vérselas venir ( fam): me las veía venir por eso tomé precauciones I saw it coming so I took precautions

vérselas y deseárselas: me las vi y me las deseé estudiando y trabajando durante cinco años it was really tough o hard o it was a real struggle studying and working for five years

verse venir algo to see sth coming

2 ( frml)

(ser): este problema se ha visto agravado por … this problem has been made worse by …

las cifras se ven aumentadas al final del verano the figures rise at the end of the summer

el país se verá beneficiado con este acuerdo the country will benefit from this agreement

C ( esp AmL) (parecer) to look

me veo gordísima con esta falda I look really fat in this skirt

D ( recípr) (encontrarse) to meet

se veían un par de veces al mes they used to see each other o meet a couple of times a month

nos vemos a las siete I'll meet o see you at seven

es mejor que no nos veamos durante un tiempo we'd better not see each other for a while

¡nos vemos! ( esp AmL); see you!, I'll be seeing you!

verse CON algn to see sb

ya no me veo con ellos I don't see them any more

vérselas con algn: tendrá que vérselas conmigo como se atreva a molestarte he'll have me to deal with if he dares to bother you

* * *

ver 1 sustantivo masculino
1 ( aspecto):
◊ ser de buen ver to be good-looking o attractive

2 ( opinión):
◊ a mi/su ver in my/his view

ver 2 ( conjugate ver) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( percibir con la vista) to see;

◊ ¿ves algo? can you see anything?;

no se ve nada aquí you can't see a thing in here;
lo vi hablando con ella I saw him talking to her
b) ( mirar) ‹programa/partido› to watch;

◊ ver (la) televisión to watch television;

esa película ya la he visto I've seen that movie before;
no poder (ni) ver a algn: no la puede ver he can't stand her
2 (entender, notar) to see;
◊ ¿no ves lo que está pasando? don't o can't you see what's happening?;

se la ve preocupada she looks worried;
hacerse ver (RPl) to show off
3
a) (constatar, comprobar) to see;

◊ ve a ver quién es go and see who it is;

¡ya verás lo que pasa! you'll see what happens;
¡ya se verá! we'll see
b) ( ser testigo de) to see;

◊ ¡nunca he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it!;

¡si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! you can't imagine how awful it was!;
¡hubieras visto cómo se asustaron! (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!
4
◊ a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?;

está aquí, en el periódico — ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper — let's see;
apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and see what happens;
a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon
5
a) ( estudiar):

◊ esto mejor que lo veas tú you'd better have a look at this;

tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo I have to work out how I can fix it;
ya veré qué hago I'll decide what to do later
b) [ médico] ( examinar) to see;

◊ ¿la ha visto un médico? has she been seen by a doctor yet?

6
a) (juzgar, considerar):

◊ yo eso no lo veo bien I don't think that's right;

a mi modo or manera de ver the way I see it
b) ( encontrar) to see;

◊ no le veo salida a esto I can't see any way out of this;

no le veo la gracia I don't think it's funny
7 (visitar, entrevistarse con) ‹amigo/pariente› to see, visit;
‹médico/jefe› to see;
◊ ¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages!

8
◊ tener … que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?;

no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him;
¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?
verbo intransitivo
1 ( percibir con la vista) to see;
◊ así no veo I can't see like this;

no veo bien de lejos/de cerca I'm shortsighted/longsighted
2 ( constatar):
◊ ¿hay cerveza? — no sé, voy a ver is there any beer? — I don't know, I'll have a look;

pues verás, todo empezó cuando … well you see, the whole thing began when …
3 ( pensar) to see;
◊ ya veré I'll see;

estar/seguir en veremos (AmL fam): todavía está en veremos it isn't certain yet;
seguimos en veremos we still don't know anything
verse verbo pronominal
1 ( refl) (percibirse, imaginarse) to see oneself
2 ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself;
◊ me vi en un aprieto I found myself in a tight spot;

me vi obligado a despedirlo I had no choice but to dismiss him
3 (esp AmL) ( parecer):
◊ se ve bien con esa falda she looks good in that skirt;

no se ve bien con ese peinado that hairdo doesn't suit her
4 ( recípr)
a) ( encontrarse) to meet;

◊ nos vemos a las siete I'll meet o see you at seven;

¡nos vemos! (esp AmL) see you!
b) (visitarse, encontrarse) to see each other;

◊ nos vemos a menudo we see each other often;

verse con algn to see sb
ver 1 m (aspecto exterior) aún estás de buen ver, you're still good-looking
ver 2 I verbo transitivo
1 to see: vi tu cartera sobre la mesa, I saw your wallet on the table
no veo nada, I can't see anything
puede ver tu casa desde aquí, he can see your house from here ➣ Ver nota en see; (mirar la televisión) to watch: estamos viendo las noticias de las tres, we are watching the three o'clock news
(cine) me gustaría ver esa película, I'd like to see that film
2 (entender) no veo por qué no te gusta, I can't see why you don't like it
(considerar) a mi modo de ver, as far as I can see o as I see it
tus padres no ven bien esa relación, your parents don't agree with that relationship
(parecer) se te ve nervioso, you look nervous
3 (averiguar) ya veremos qué sucede, we'll soon see what happens
fam (uso enfático) ¡no veas qué sitio tan bonito!, you wouldn't believe what a beautiful place!
4 a ver, let's see: a ver si acabamos este trabajo, let's see if we can finish this job
me compré un compacto, - ¿a ver?, I bought a compact disc, - let's have a look!
5 (ir a ver, visitar) to see, visit: le fui a ver al hospital, I visited him in hospital
II verbo intransitivo
1 to see: no ve bien de lejos, he's shortsighted, US nearsighted
2 (dudar, pensar) ¿me prestas este libro?, - ya veré, will you lend me this book?, - I'll see
3 (tener relación) no tengo nada que ver con ese asunto, I have nothing to do with that business
solo tiene cincuenta años, - ¿y eso qué tiene qué ver?, he's only fifty, - so what?
♦ Locuciones: no poder ver a alguien: no puede (ni) verle, she can't stand him
¿To see, to watch o to look?
Los tres verbos reflejan tres conceptos muy distintos. To see hace referencia a la capacidad visual y no es fruto de una acción deliberada. A menudo se usa con can o could: I can see the mountains from my bedroom. Puedo ver las montañas desde mi dormitorio.
To look at implica una acción deliberada: I saw an old atlas, so I opened it and looked at the maps. Vi un atlas antiguo, así que lo abrí y miré los mapas.
To watch también se refiere a una acción deliberada, a menudo cuando se tiene un interés especial por lo que ocurre: I watched the planes in the sky with great interest. Miraba los aviones en el cielo con gran interés. Igualmente puede indicar el paso del tiempo (we watched the animals playing for half an hour, durante media hora observamos cómo jugaban los animales), movimiento (they stood there watching the cars drive off into the distance, se quedaron allí de pie viendo cómo se marchaban los coches) o vigilancia (the policemen have been watching this house because they thought we were thieves, los policías estaban vigilando la casa porque pensaban que éramos ladrones).
Para hablar de películas u obras de teatro usamos to see: Have you seen Hamlet?, ¿Has visto Hamlet? To watch se refiere a la televisión y los deportes en general: I always watch the television in the evening. Siempre veo la televisión por las noches. I like to watch football. Me gusta ver el fútbol. Al hablar de programas o partidos específicos podemos usar tanto to watch como to see: I like to see/watch the news at 9:00. Me gusta ver las noticias a las 9.00. Did you see/watch the match last night?, ¿Viste el partido anoche?
' ver' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abundante
- acabar
- aclararse
- aconsejar
- acordar
- acordarse
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
- actual
- actualmente
- acuerdo
- adentro
- adición
- advertir
- agradecer
- aguantar
- aguardar
- ahora
- alegre
- almuerzo
- alquiler
- alta
- alto
- amarilla
- amarillo
- americanada
- amplia
- amplio
- añadir
- anexa
- anexo
- añorar
- apartamento
- apellido
- apetecer
- apreciar
- arrepentirse
- arriesgarse
- atreverse
- aún
- ausente
- ayudar
- bajar
- bastante
- burra
- burro
- cachorra
- cachorro
- caliente
English:
able
- add
- add up
- addition
- advertising
- afloat
- afraid
- afternoon
- aghast
- ajar
- akin
- alight
- alike
- alive
- all
- allow
- alone
- already
- although
- among
- amongst
- and
- another
- apartment
- appear
- appendix
- arouse
- as
- ashamed
- asleep
- assassin
- assassinate
- assassination
- associate
- attorney
- averse
- awake
- awaken
- aware
- bar
- barrister
- bath
- be
- beat
- beer
- beg
- benefit
- between
- billion
- bite

* * *

ver

♦ nm

1. [aspecto]
estar de buen ver to be good-looking

2. [opinión]
a mi ver the way I see it

♦ vt

1. [percibir con los ojos] to see;
[mirar] to look at; [televisión, programa, espectáculo deportivo] to watch; [película, obra, concierto] to see;
¿ves algo? can you see anything?;

yo no veo nada I can't see a thing;

he estado viendo tu trabajo I've been looking at your work;

¿vemos la tele un rato? shall we watch some TV?;

esta serie nunca la veo I never watch this series;

¿has visto el museo? have you been to the museum?;

yo te veo más delgada you look thinner to me;
Méx Fam
¿qué me ves? what are you looking at?;

este edificio ha visto muchos sucesos históricos this building has seen a lot of historic events;

los jubilados han visto aumentadas sus pensiones pensioners have had their pensions increased;

ver a alguien hacer algo to see sb doing sth;

los vi actuar en el festival I saw them acting at the festival;

te vi bajar del autobús I saw you getting off the bus;

los vieron discutir o [m5] discutiendo they were seen arguing;

¡nunca o [m5] jamás he visto cosa igual! I've never seen the like of it!;

¡si vieras qué bien lo pasamos! if only you knew what a good time we had!;

¡si vieras qué cara se le puso! you should have seen her face!;

Comp

ver venir algo/a alguien: este problema ya lo veía venir I could see this problem coming;

lo veo venir I can see what he's up to;

Comp

verlas venir: él prefiere quedarse a verlas venir he prefers to wait and see;

Comp

¡quién lo ha visto y quién lo ve! it's amazing how much he's changed!;

Comp

si no lo veo, no lo creo I'd never have believed it if I hadn't seen it with my own eyes;

Comp

si te he visto no me acuerdo: pero ahora, si te he visto, no me acuerdo but now he/she/ etc doesn't want to know

2. [entender, apreciar, considerar] to see;

ya veo que estás de mal humor I can see you're in a bad mood;

¿no ves que trata de disculparse? can't you see o tell she's trying to apologize?;

¿ves lo que quiero decir? do you see what I mean?;

ahora lo veo todo claro now I understand everything;

a todo le ve pegas he sees problems in everything;

yo no le veo solución a este problema I can't see a solution to this problem;

¿tú cómo lo ves? how do you see it?;

yo lo veo así I see it this way o like this;

es una manera de ver las cosas that's one way of looking at it;

yo no lo veo tan mal I don't think it's that bad;

ahí donde la ves, era muy guapa de joven she was very pretty when she was young, you know;

dejarse ver (por un sitio) to show one's face (somewhere);

¿te gusta? – ¡a ver! do you like it? – of course I do!;

Comp

¡habráse visto!: ¡habráse visto qué cara dura/mal genio tiene! you'd never believe what a cheek/temper he has!;

Comp

¡hay que ver! [indica sorpresa] would you believe it!;
[indica indignación] it makes me mad!;
¡hay que ver qué lista es! you wouldn't believe how clever she is!;

¡hay que ver cuánto se gasta estando de vacaciones! it's amazing how much you spend when you're on Br holiday o US vacation!;

Comp

para que veas: no le tengo ningún rencor, ¡para que veas! I don't bear him any hard feelings, in case you were wondering;

Comp
Fam
no poder ver a alguien (ni en pintura): no lo puedo ver I can't stand (the sight of) him

3. [imaginar] to see;

ya veo tu foto en los periódicos I can (just) see your photo in the newspapers;

francamente, yo no la veo casada to be honest, I find it hard to see her getting married

4. [comprobar] to see;

ir a ver lo que pasa to go and see what's going on;

ve a ver si quedan cervezas go and see if o have a look if there are any beers left;

veré qué puedo hacer I'll see what I can do;

queda por ver si ésta es la mejor solución it remains to be seen whether this is the best solution;

eso está por ver, eso habrá que verlo that remains to be seen;

veamos let's see

5. [tratar, estudiar] [tema, problema] to look at;

el lunes veremos la lección 6 we'll do lesson 6 on Monday;

como ya hemos visto en anteriores capítulos… as we have seen in previous chapters…

6. [reconocer] [sujeto: médico, especialista] to have o take a look at;

necesitas que te vea un médico, Andes, RP [m5] hazte ver por un médico you ought to see a doctor;
Andes, RP
el televisor no funciona, tengo que hacerlo ver the television's not working, I must get someone to have a look at it o get it seen to

7. [visitar, citarse con] to see;

tienes que ir a ver al médico you ought to see the doctor;

ven a vernos cuando quieras come and see us any time you like;

mañana vamos a ver a mis padres we're seeing my parents tomorrow;

hace siglos que no la veo I haven't seen her for ages;

últimamente no los veo mucho I haven't seen much of them recently

8. Der [juzgar]
ver un caso to hear a case

9. [en juegos de naipes] to see;

las veo I'll see you

♦ vi

1. [percibir con los ojos] to see;

ver bien/mal to have good/poor eyesight;

no veo bien de cerca/de lejos I'm long-sighted/short-sighted;

¿ves bien ahí? can you see all right from there?;

Comp
Fam
que no veo: tengo un hambre/sueño que no veo I'm incredibly hungry/tired;

Comp
Fam
que no veas: hace un frío/calor que no veas it's incredibly cold/hot;

los vecinos arman un ruido que no veas the neighbours are unbelievably noisy;

Comp

hasta más ver [adiós] see you soon

2. [hacer la comprobación] to see;

la casa está en muy buenas condiciones – ya veo the house is in very good condition – so I see;

es muy sencillo, ya verás it's quite simple, you'll see;

creo que me queda uno en el almacén, iré a ver I think I have one left in the storeroom, I'll just go and see o look;

vendrá en el periódico – voy a ver it'll be in the newspaper – I'll go and see o look;

tú sigue sin estudiar y verás you'll soon see what happens if you carry on not studying;

¿ves?, te lo dije (you) see? I told you so;

Comp

ver para creer seeing is believing

3. [decidir]
¿lo harás? – ya veré will you do it? – I'll see;

ya veremos we'll see

4. [en juegos de naipes]
¡veo! I'll see you!

5. [como muletilla]
verás, tengo algo muy importante que decirte listen o look, I've got something very important to say to you;

¿qué ha pasado? – pues, verás, yo estaba… what happened? – well, you see, I was…

6.
a ver: a ver cuánto aguantas en esa postura let's see how long you can hold that position;

a ver cuándo vienes a vernos you must come and see us some time;

no subas al tejado, a ver si te vas a caer don't go up on the roof, you might fall;

¡a ver si tienes más cuidado con lo que dices! you should be a bit more careful what you say!;

¿a ver? [mirando con interés] let me see, let's have a look;
Col
¡a ver! [al teléfono] hello?;

a ver, ¿qué te pasa? let's see, what's wrong?;

a ver, antes de empezar… let's see, right, before starting…;

vamos a ver let's see

♦ See also the pronominal verb verse

* * *

ver

<part visto>

I v/t

1 L.Am. ( mirar) look at; televisión watch

2 see;

sin ser visto unseen, without being seen;

la vi ayer en la reunión I saw her yesterday at the meeting;

no puede verla fig he can’t stand the sight of her;

tengo un hambre que no veo fam I’m starving o

ravenous;

me lo veía venir I could see it coming;

te veo venir fig I know what you’re after

3 ( visitar)

:

fui a ver al médico I went to see the doctor

4 ( opinar)

:

¿cómo lo ves? what do you think?

5 ( entender)

:

me hizo ver que estaba equivocado she made me see that I was wrong;

¿(lo) ves? (do) you see?

6 JUR pleito hear

7

:

no tiene nada que ver con it doesn’t have anything to do with

II v/i

1 L.Am. ( mirar) look;

ve aquí dentro look in here

2 see;

no veo bien sin gafas I don’t see too well without my glasses

3 ( considerar)

:

está por ver that remains to be seen;

ya veremos we’ll see;

vamos a ver let’s see;

a ver let’s see, now then

4 locuciones

:

¡hay que ver! would you believe it!;

¡para que veas! so there!

* * *

ver {88} vt

1) : to see

vimos la película: we saw the movie

2) entender: to understand

ya lo veo: now I get it

3) examinar: to examine, to look into

lo veré: I'll take a look at it

4) juzgar: to see, to judge

a mi manera de ver: to my way of thinking

5) visitar: to meet with, to visit

6) averiguar: to find out

7)

a ver or

vamos a ver : let's see

ver vi

1) : to see

2) enterarse: to learn, to find out

3) entender: to understand

♦ See also the reflexive verb verse

* * *

ver vb

1. (en general) to see [pt. saw; pp. seen]

no veo nada I can't see a thing

ya he visto esta película I've already seen this film

voy a ver quién es I'll go and see who it is

2. (mirar) to watch

están viendo la tele they're watching TV

3. (parecer) to look

lo veo muy feliz he looks very happy

4. (considerar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]

veo difícil que mi equipo gane la liga I don't think my team will win the league

a ver let's see

a ver si I hope

no poder ver a alguien not to be able to stand someone

no puede ver a su vecino she can't stand her neighbour

veamos let's see

Spanish-English dictionary > ver
12 BERA

tote

* * *

I)

(ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.

I.

1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);

bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;

bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;

bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;

2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);

bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;

3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);

4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;

kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;

absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;

the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;

verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;

þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;

borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;

Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;

borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;

5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;

bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;

bera e-n málum, to bear one down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit;

bera e-n sök, to charge one with a fault;

bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;

verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;

borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;

þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;

borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;

6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);

þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;

fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);

of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);

absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;

similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;

bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;

hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?

hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;

bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;

7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);

bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);

bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;

bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;

bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;

bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;

bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;

bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;

bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;

bera e-m vel (illa) söguna, to give a favourable (unfavourable) account of one;

refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);

8) to set forth, report, tell;

bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);

bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;

bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;

bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;

bera upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle;

bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;

bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;

eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;

9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);

bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);

bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;

vel viti borinn, endowed with a good understanding;

bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;

bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;

bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;

10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);

bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;

hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;

bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;

bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;

bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;

bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;

11) with preps.:

bera af e-m, to surpass;

en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;

bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;

bera eld at, to set fire to;

bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;

bera vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons;

bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);

bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);

bera e-t um, to wind round;

þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;

bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;

bera út barn, to expose a child;

12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);

láta af berast, to die;

láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);

berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);

at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;

berast vápn á, to attack one another;

berast at or til, to happen;

þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;

ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;

berast í móti, to happen, occur;

hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;

berast við, to be prevented;

ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;

II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;

1) with acc., it bears or carries one to a place;

alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);

bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;

esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;

þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;

Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;

ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;

e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;

hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);

2) followed by preps.:

Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;

hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;

e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;

Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;

e-t berr á milli, comes between;

leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;

fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;

mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;

veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;

e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;

bera saman, to coincide;

bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;

fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;

fund várn bar saman, we met;

3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;

svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;

þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;

bar honum svá til, it so befell him;

þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;

raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;

4) of time, to fall upon;

ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;

bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;

5) denoting cause;

e-t berr til, causes a thing;

konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;

ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;

berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;

6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;

hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;

e-t berr frá, is surpassing;

er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;

7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;

e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;

8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;

e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);

used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).

II)

(að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).

III)

f. she-bear, = birna.

* * *

1.

u, f.

I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.

II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.

2.

bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].

A. Lat. ferre, portare:

I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.

2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.

3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.

II. without a sense of motion:

1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.

β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.

2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:

α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.

β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.

3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:

α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.

β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.

III. in law terms or modes of procedure:

1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)

2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.

β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.

B. Various and metaph. cases.

I. denoting motion:

1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.

β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.

2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.

II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.

2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.

III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.

IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.

β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.

γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.

C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:

I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.

β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.

γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.

2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.

II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.

2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.

3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.

4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.

β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.

γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.

5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.

β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.

III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.

IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.

D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA
13 bera

tote

* * *

I)

(ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.

I.

1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);

bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;

bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;

bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;

2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);

bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;

3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);

4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;

kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;

absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;

the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;

verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;

þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;

borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;

Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;

borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;

5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;

bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;

bera e-n málum, to bear one down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit;

bera e-n sök, to charge one with a fault;

bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;

verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;

borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;

þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;

borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;

6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);

þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;

fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);

of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);

absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;

similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;

bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;

hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?

hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;

bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;

7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);

bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);

bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;

bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;

bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;

bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;

bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;

bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;

bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;

bera e-m vel (illa) söguna, to give a favourable (unfavourable) account of one;

refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);

8) to set forth, report, tell;

bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);

bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;

bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;

bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;

bera upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle;

bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;

bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;

eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;

9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);

bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);

bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;

vel viti borinn, endowed with a good understanding;

bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;

bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;

bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;

10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);

bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;

hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;

bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;

bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;

bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;

bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;

11) with preps.:

bera af e-m, to surpass;

en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;

bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;

bera eld at, to set fire to;

bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;

bera vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons;

bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);

bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);

bera e-t um, to wind round;

þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;

bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;

bera út barn, to expose a child;

12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);

láta af berast, to die;

láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);

berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);

at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;

berast vápn á, to attack one another;

berast at or til, to happen;

þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;

ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;

berast í móti, to happen, occur;

hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;

berast við, to be prevented;

ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;

II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;

1) with acc., it bears or carries one to a place;

alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);

bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;

esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;

þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;

Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;

ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;

e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;

hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);

2) followed by preps.:

Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;

hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;

e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;

Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;

e-t berr á milli, comes between;

leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;

fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;

mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;

veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;

e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;

bera saman, to coincide;

bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;

fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;

fund várn bar saman, we met;

3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;

svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;

þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;

bar honum svá til, it so befell him;

þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;

raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;

4) of time, to fall upon;

ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;

bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;

5) denoting cause;

e-t berr til, causes a thing;

konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;

ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;

berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;

6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;

hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;

e-t berr frá, is surpassing;

er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;

7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;

e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;

8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;

e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);

used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).

II)

(að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).

III)

f. she-bear, = birna.

* * *

að, [berr, nudus], to make bare, Lat. nudare; hon beraði líkam sinn, Bret. 22: impers., berar hálsinn (acc.), the neck became bare, Bs. i. 624.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > bera
14 JAFN

equal

* * *

a.

1) even; jöfn tala, even number;

2) equal, the same; þínar (viz. ferðir) verða flestar jafnastar, thy doings are mostly the same, all equally bad; hann var ellefu vetra ok sterkr at jöfnum aldri, and strong for his age; jafn e-m, equal to one; jafnt er sem þér sýnist, af er fótrinn, it is just as it appears to thee, the leg is off; komast til jafns við e-n, hafa e-t til jafns við e-n, to equal one, be one’s match in a thing; at jöfnu, equally, in equal shares.

* * *

adj., also spelt jamn, f. jöfn, neut. jafnt, often spelt as well as proncd. jamt; compar. jafnari, superl. jafnastr: [Ulf. ibns, Luke vi. 17; A. S. efen; Engl. and Dutch even; old Fr. ivin; O. H. G. eban; mod. Germ. eben; Dan. jevn; Swed. jemn; akin to Lat. aequus by interchange of palatal and labial, see Grimm’s Dict. s. v. eben]:—even, equal, but, like Lat. aequus, mostly in a metaph. sense, for sléttr (q. v.) answers to Lat. planus; often followed by a dat., jafn e-u, equal to a thing, in comparison:

I. equal, equal to; jöfn eyri (dat.) gulls, K. Þ. K. 72; jafn Guði, equal to God; jafn mér, passim.

2. equal, the same; enda er jöfn helgi hans meðan hann ferr svá með sér, Grág. i. 93; ella er jöfn sök við hann fram á leið, 322; at ek verða jafn drengr í hvert sinn, Sd. 188; þínar verða flestar jafnastar, thy acts are mostly the same, i. e. all bad, Fms. viii. 409.

3. fixed, unchanged; með jafnri leigu, jöfnum kaupum, jöfnum skildaga, Rétt. 2. 7, Stat. 264, Fb. ii. 137; hann var ellefu vetra eðr tíu, ok sterkr at jöfnum aldri, and strong for his age, Eg. 188, 592; eiga þeir jöfnum höndum (see hönd) allt þat er þeir taka, Grág. ii. 66.

4. even, even-tempered; jafn ok úmíslyndr, Mar.: of numbers, jöfn tala, even in tale, equal, opp. to odda-tala, Alg. 356.

II. neut. jafnt or jamt, almost adverbially, equally, just; jafnt utan sem innan, Grág. i. 392: as, just as, ok hafa eitt atferli báðar jamt, both together, both alike, Fms. xi. 137; jafnt er sem þér sýnisk (‘tis as it appears, indeed), af er fótrinn, Nj. 97; jafnt þrælar sem frjálsir menn, Fms. i. 113: jamt sem, just as, equally as; jafnt sem í fjórðungs-dómi, jamt skal eiga féránsdóm eptir fjörbaugs-mann sem eptir skógar-mann, Grág. i. 87; skal hann láta virða fé þat jamt sem úmaga-eyri, 189; menn skulu svá sakir hluta, jamt sem á alþingi, 122; jafnt hefir komit er þú spáðir, it has happened just as thou didst foretel, Niðrst. 8: ellipt., ok skal hann þá jamt (sem þeir) allri bót upp halda, Grág. ii. 182.

2. temp. at the same time, just; ek skíri þik, ok nefna barn, í nafni Föður, ok drepa barninu í vatn um sinn jafnt fram fyrir sik, and dip the bairn each time info the water, K. Þ. K. 10: just, precisely, in the very moment, þat var jamt Jóla-aptan sjálfan er þeir börðusk, Fms. xi. 15; jamt í því hann stakaði. 133.

3. adverb., at jöfnu, equally, in equal shares, Fms. xi. 131.

4. til jafns, vóru þeir engir at né eina íþrótt hefði til jafns við hann, Nj. 46; halda til jafns við e-n, Ld. 40; komask til jafns við e-n, Fb. i. 261.

B. COMPDS:

I. such a, so … a; Karvel jafn-frægum dreng, so fine a fellow as K., Karl. 103; er þat skömm jafn-mörgum mönnum, ‘tis a shame for so many men, Gísl. 51: with the particle sem, jafn-ungr sem hann var, young as he was, i. e. so young as he was for his age, Vápn. 5; vel hafi þér mínu máli komit, jafn-úvænt sem var, Þiðr. 136; kvað þat ekki hæfa á jafn-mikilli hátið sem ( in such a feast as) í hönd ferr, Fb. i. 376; at eigi skyldi Hugon keisari yfir þá stíga jafn-reiðr sem hann varð þeim, Karl. 478; undraðisk hón hversu fríðr ok fagr hann var jafn-gamall maðr ( for his age), Stj. 225; mikill maðr ertú þó Þórir, jafn-gamall, Ó. H. 176; Þórir Oddsson var sterkastr jafn-gamall, Gullþ. 4.

II. mod. phrases such as, það er jafngott fyrir hann, it serves him right; hann er jafngóðr fyrir því, it won’t hurt him; or honum er það jafn-gott, it will do him good, serve him right; vera jafn-nær, to be equally near, i. e. none the better; hann fór jafnnær, it was all of no use.

III. in countless COMPDS (esp. adjectives) with almost any participle or adverb, rarely with verbs and nouns, and denoting equal, as, the same, as seen from the context often followed by a dat., e. g. jafn-gamall e-m, of the same age as another person:—of these compds only some can be noticed: jafn-aldri, a, m. one of the same age, Fms. i. 13, vii. 199, Bs. i. 179, Eg. 25, 84. jafn-auðigr, adj. equally wealthy, Band. 2: equally happy, hann setr hund sinn jafnaudigan okkr undir borði, Bjarn. 27. jafn-auðsær, adj. as perspicuous, Eluc. 41. jafn-auðveldr, adj. as easy, Ld. 78. jafn-ágætr, adj. as good, as noble, Nj. 129. jafn-ákafr, adj. as impetuous, Fms. xi. 137. jafn-beinn, adj. as straight, Sturl. i. 196. jafn-berr, adj. equally bare, Fas. i. 67. jafn-bitinn, part. evenly bitten or grazed, of a field, Gþl. 407. jafn-bitr, jafn-beittr, adj. as sharp, keen. jafn-bjartr, adj. as bright, Nj. 208: neut., Sks. 69. jafn-bjóða, bauð; j. e-m, to be a match for one, Finnb. 260: to be equal to, contest on equal terms with one, Fms. ii. 27, vii. 22; gripr betri en þeim peningum jafnbjóði, 655 xxx. 10. jafn-blíðr, adj. equally mild, Fær. 154. jafn-borinn, part. of equal birth, Ld. 332, Fms. x. 79 (v. l.), Gþl. 133; j. til e-s, having equal birthright to, Fms. vii. 8, x. 407. jafn-brattr, adj. as steep. jafn-brátt, n. adj. as soon, at the same moment, Hom. 114. jafn-breiðr, adj. equally broad, Edda 28, Gþl. 355. jafn-búinn, part. equally ‘boun’ or armed, Fms. ii. 165: ready, prepared, Stj. jafn-deildr, part. equally shared, Hom. 148. jafn-digr, adj. as stout, Sturl. iii. 63. jafn-djúpr, adj. as deep. jafn-djúpvitr, adj. as deep-scheming, Orkn. 214, Hkr. iii. 95. jafn-drengilegr, adj. as gallant, Ísl. ii. 446. jafn-drjúgdeildr, part. going as far, of stores, Sturl. i. 166. jafn-drjúgr, adj. keeping as long, Sturl. i. 216, Rb. 18. jafn-dýrligr, adj. equally splendid, Bs. i. 454. jafn-dýrr, adj. as costly, glorious, of the same price, K. Þ. K. 28, Nj. 56, Grett. 104 A, N. G. L. i. 150, 348. jafn-dægri, n. (mod. jafndægr), the equinox, both dægr (q. v.) being equally long, Edda 103, Rb. 454, 456, 472, and passim: equal length, of day and night, Fb. i. 539; see eykt. jafn-dæmi, n. equal judgment, justice, Fms. vi. 431, Pr. 413. jafn-dæmr, adj. just, giving equal judgment, Rb. 364. jafn-einfaldr, adj. as simple, guileless, Hom. 50. jafn-fagr, adj. as fair, Nj. 112. jafn-fallegr, adj. as handsome. jafn-fastr, adj. equally firm, Grág. i. 7, K. Þ. K. 166: as adv., Fms. x. 270, Finnb. 338. jafn-fáir, adj. as few. jafn-feigr, adj. as fey. jafn-feitr, adj. as fat. jafn-fimlega, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as alert, Fms. ii. 273. jafn-fimr, adj. as alert, Fær. 272, Hkr. i. 291, v. l. jafn-fjær, adv. as far. jafn-fjölmennr, adj. with as many men, Nj. 222. jafn-flatt, n. adj.; fara j., to fare so ill, Fms. vi. 379; see flatr. jafn-fljótr, adj. as swift. jafn-fram, adv. equally forward, side by side: with dat., jafnfram skipi Rúts, Nj. 8: locally, of places, over against, (= gegnt and gagn-vart, q. v.); with dat., er hann kom jafnfram Borgund, Hkr. ii. 309; j. Eiðsvelli, Vermá, Fms. ix. 408; j. gagntaki konungs sonar, j. boðanum, vii. 170, ix. 387 (v. l.): as adv., standa jafnfram, to stand evenly, in a straight line; standa allir j. fyrir konungs borðinu, i. 16, Eg. 581, Nj. 140, Rb. 466, Sturl. iii. 244: temp. at the same moment, of two things happening together, Fms. vi. 24; þeir riðu til þings jafnfram Skeggja, Þórð. 18 new Ed.; hann ferr ávalt jafnfram í frásogn æfi Guðs-sonar, follows parallel in the story, 625. 83: in equal share, taka arf j., Gþl. 248; at the same time, also, hugsa þat j., at the same time consider, Stj. 156; jafnfram sem, jafnfram ok, as soon as, Karl. 158, Pr. 413. jafn-framarla, -framar, -liga, adv. as forward, as far, just as well, Ld. 254, Bs. i. 778. jafn-frammi, adv. = jafnframt, Sks. 364, Sturl. i. 32: temp., Fms. iii. 218. jafn-framt, adv. = jafnfram, Háv. 42: temp., Sturl. i. 1: along with, with dat., Pass. viii. 9: equally, in the same degree, Ld. 62. jafn-fríðr, adj. as fair, Fms. i. 8: as valuable, K. Þ. K. 172. jafn-frjáls, adj. equally free, Fas. iii. 8. jafn-frjálsliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as freely, as liberally, Hkr. i. 78. jafn-fróðr, adj. as wise, as knowing, Sks. 544. jafn-frægr, adj. as famous, Fas. i. 277. jafn-frækn, adj. equally gallant, Edda. jafn-fullr, adj. as full, Grág. i. 20, 68, Gþl. 477. jafn-fúinn, adj. equally rotten, jafn-fúss, adj. equally willing, Sturl. i. 190. jafn-færr, adj. as able, Nj. 97. jafn-fætis, adv. on equal footing; standa j. e-m, Sturl. ii. 134, Hkr. ii. 153. jafn-gamall, adj. of the same age, Ld. 108, Fms. i. 60, xi. 96. jafn-geði, n. evenness of temper, Sks. 435. jafn-gefinn, part. equally given to, Fas. i. 268. jafn-gegnt, adv. just opposite to, Sks. 63, Fms. ix. 463; see gegnt. jafn-girnd, f. and jafn-girni, f. fairness, equity, Sks. 273, 639, Hom. 17. jafn-gjarn, adj. as eager, Hom. 19: as equitable, Sks. 355, Hom. 135, Karl. 495. jafn-gjarna (- gjarnliga), adv. as willingly, as readily, Fms. iii. 45 (v. l.), ix. 508, Stj. jafn-glaðr, adj. as glad, as cheerful, Eb. 88: neut., mér er ekki jafnglatt sem áðr, Fas. i. 106. jafn-glöggt, n. adj. as clearly, Bs. i. 352. jafn-góðr, adj. equally good, as good, Nj. 18, Eg. 54, Gþl. 233, N. G. L. i. 347, Dipl. v. 16: unhurt, none the worse, see (II) above. jafn-góðviljaðr, adj. with equally good will, Stj. 629. jafn-grannr, adj. equally thin. jafn-grimmliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as fiercely, Th. jafn-grimmr, adj. as fierce, Sks. 79. jafn-grunnr, adj. as shallow. jafn-gæfr, adj. as meek, Rb. 397. jafn-göfigr, adj. as good, as famous, Sturl. iii. 11, Bs. i. 133. jafn-görla, adv. as clearly, Grág. i. 299, Fms. ii. 171, Fas. i. 271. jafn-hafðr, part. equally used, N. G. L. i. 249. jafn-hagliga, adv. as skilfully, Krók. 53. jafn-hagr, adj. as skilful in handiwork, Nj. 147. jafn-harðr, adj. as hard, as severe, Nj. 79: neut. jafn-hart, as fast, Fas. iii. 488: jafn-harðan, adv. instantly. jafn-harðsnúinn, part. as hard-twisted, as tight, Nj. 79. jafn-hár, adj. as high, as tall, as loud, Rb. 112, 474, Fas. ii. 79: of metre, see hár (I. 3), Fms. vi. 386, Skálda 182, 190: neut., Stj. 79. jafnhátta-góðr, adj. as well-mannered, Ld. 174. jafn-heilagr, adj. as holy, as inviolable, Sks. 674, Grág. i. 90. jafn-heill, adj. as hale, as whole, Eg. 425, v. l. jafn-heimoll, adj. equally open to use, Eg. 47, Ld. 70, Gþl. 214, 353: equally bound, 57. jafn-heimskr, adj. equally stupid, Fms. ii. 156, Sd. 178. jafn-heitr, adj. as hot, Sks. 540. jafn-hentr, adj. as well fitted, Sturl. i. 196. jafn-hlær, adj. equally snug, Rb. 440. jafn-hollr, adj. equally sincere, Orkn. 166. jafn-hógværliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as meekly, Krók. 36. jafn-hógværr, adj. as gentle. jafn-hraustr, adj. as valiant, Fms. ii. 356, Krók. 51. jafn-hryggr, adj. as distressed, Hkr. iii. 269. jafn-hugaðr, adj. even-tempered, Sks. 24: of one mind, 300: as daring. jafn-hvass, adj. as sharp, Ld. 306: blowing as hard. jafn-hvatr, adj. as bold, as quick, Sturl. i. 112, v. l. jafn-hvítr, adj. equally white. jafn-hæðiligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as ridiculous, Fas. iii. 91. jafn-hægr, adj. equally easy, ready, meek, Fms. ii. 106, Fær. 69, Grág. i. 264, ii. 257. jafn-hættr, adj. as dangerous, Sks. 540. jafn-höfigr, adj. as heavy, Rb. 102, Edda 38. jafn-ílla, adv. as badly, Fms. viii. 140 (v. l.), Ísl. ii. 181. jafn-ílliligr, adj. (-liga, adv.) as ill-looking, Fas. ii. 207. jafn-íllr, adj. equally bad, Grág. ii. 145, Fas. ii. 513. jafn-kaldr, adj. as cold, Sks. 215. jafn-keypi, n. an equal bargain, Fs. 25. jafn-kominn, part. on even terms, Sks. 455: neut. an even match, jafnkomit er á með ykkr, ye are well-matched, Nj. 59; hann kvað jafnkomit með þeim fyrir aldrs sakir, Fms. iii. 76; jafnkomnir til erfðar, with equal title to, Grág. i. 304; jafnkomnir til fyrir ættar sakir, Fms. i. 220; jafnkomnir at frændsemi, Ísl. ii. 315. jafn-kosta, adj. well-matched, good enough, of wedlock, Stj. 204. jafn-kostgæfinn, adj. equally painstaking, Bs. i. 681. jafn-krappr, adj. as straight, narrow; í jafnkrappan stað, in such a strait, Ld. 168. jafn-kringr, adj. equally dexterous, Sks. 381. jafn-kristinn, adj. a fellow Christian, Jb. 92, Barl. 44. jafn-kunnigr, adj. as well known, Grett. 162 A: knowing as well. jafn-kunnr, adj. as well known, Hom. 90. jafn-kurteis, adj. as courteous, Sturl. i. 165. jafn-kyrr, adj. as quiet. jafn-kýta, t, with dat. = jafnyrða. jafn-kænn, adj. as ‘cunning,’ as well versed, Stj. 561. jafn-kærr, adj. as dear, as beloved, Fms. i. 215, xi. 319. jafn-langr, adj. as long, equally long, Fms. xi. 376, Gþl. 350, 355, Ísl. ii. 219, Grág. i. 406, Edda 138 ( of the same length): neut., en ef þær segja jafnlangt, if they say both the same, Grág. i. 7. jafn-lágr, adj. equally low. jafn-leiðr, adj. equally loathed, Fms. viii. 240. jafn-leiki, n. = jafnleikit. jafn-leikit, n. part. an equal game, Fms. xi. 131. jafn-lendi, n. a level, even piece of ground, Eg. 584. jafn-lengd, f. ‘even-length,’ the return to the same time in the next day, week, month, year, etc.: of a day, til jafnlengdar annars dags, Grág. ii. 16, Stj. 49; þann sama dag tók Gormr konungr sótt, ok andaðisk annan dag at jafnlengdinni, Fms. i. 119, Fas. ii. 30, 37: of a year, anniversary, skal eigi brullaup vera fyrr en at jafnlengd, Grág. i. 311; tíu aurar sé leigðir eyri til jafnlengdar (a year’s rent), 390; at jafnlengd it síðasta, 487; eigi síðarr en fyrir jafnlengd, Fms. xi. 397; halda hátíð at jafnlengdum, Greg. 13, Hom. 98; jafnlengdar-dagr, 129, Fms. v. 214, Dipl. v. 8; jafnlengdar hátíð, an anniversary, Greg. 13. jafn-lengi, adv. as long, Grág. i. 423, Fms. iii. 9, MS. 732. 7. jafn-léttmæltr, adj. equally easy, just as pleasant in one’s speech, Fms. vii. 227. jafn-léttr, adj. as light, as easy, Sturl. iii. 90: neut. (adverb.), Kjartani var ekki annat jafn-létthjalat, K. liked not to speak of anything so much, Ld. 214. jafn-léttvígr, adj. as ready in wielding arms, Sturl. iii. 90. jafn-liða, adj. with an equal number of men, Eb. 144. jafn-liga, adv. equally, fairly; sýnisk mér eigi j. á komit, Bs. i. 531, Vm. 169; skipta j., Fb. ii. 300: perpetually, all along, always, usually, Fms. i. 191, x. 88, 89, Dipl. v. 8, Rb. 348, 472, Stj. 77. jafn-ligr, adj. equal, fair, Hkr. ii. 149, Háv. 57, Eg. 488; er þat miklu jafnligra, a more equal match, Fms. vii. 115. jafn-líkligr, adj. as likely, Sturl. iii. 7, Lv. 77. jafn-líkr, adj. as like, Lv. 58, Fas. ii. 478: equal, alike, j. sem hornspónar efni, Bs. i. 59. jafn-lítill, adj. as little, Fas. iii. 487. jafn-ljóss, adj. as bright, Bret. 62. jafn-ljótr, adj. as ugly, Fms. iv. 175. jafn-ljúfr, adj. as willing. jafn-lygn, adj. as ‘loun,’ as calm, of the wind. jafn-lyndi, n., fem. in Mar. 848; evenness of temper, Stj., Fagrsk. 132, Bs. i. 141, Mar. passim. jafn-lyndr, adj. even-tempered, Fms. vi. 287, viii. 447 (v. l.) jafn-lýðskyldr, adj. equally bound, as liegemen, Sks. 270. jafn-lærðr, adj. as learned. jafn-magr, adj. equally meagre. jafn-maki, a, m. an equal, a match, Sks. 22, 255. jafn-mannvænn, adj. equally promising, Þorf. Karl. 382. jafn-margr, adj. as many, Nj. 104, Grág. ii. 210, 403, Fms. i. 152, ii. 34. jafn-máttugr, adj. as mighty, Fms. ii. 157, Eluc. 6. jafn-máttuligr, adj. equally possible, 655 xxii. B. jafn-menni, n. an equal, a match, Ld. 132, Ísl. ii. 358, Fms. vi. 345, vii. 103. jafn-menntr, adj. of equal rank, Hrafn. 10. jafn-merkiligr, adj. equally dignified, Bs. i. 148. jafn-mikill, adj. as great, Grág. ii. 264, 403, Fms. i. 1, Gþl. 363: equally big, tall, Fms. x. 202, Nj. 11: neut. as much, Fms. vii. 240, Skálda 168. jafn-mildr, adj. as mild, as gracious, Rb. 366. jafn-minnigr, adj. having as good a memory, Bs. i. 681. jafn-mjúkliga, adv. as meekly, as gently, Lv. 50. jafn-mjúkr, adj. equally soft. jafn-mjök, adv. as much, as strongly, Grág. ii. 140, Skálda 168. jafn-myrkr, adj. equally dark, Skálda 209. jafn-mæli, n. fair play, equality, Fb. i. 407, Fms. vi. 206, Grág. i. 88, 200, Ld. 258, H. E. i. 247, Karl. 99. jafn-naumr, adj. as close. jafn-náinn, adj.; j. at frændsemi, equally near akin, Grág. i. 171, ii. 67, Eb. 124, Ísl. ii. 315, (jafnan, Ed.) jafn-nær, mod. jafn-nærri, adv. equally near: loc., er Ólafs mark j. báðum, Fms. vii. 64, 268, Sks. 63, 216: as near, at honum væri úvarligt at láta jafnmarga heiðna menn vera j. sér, Fms. ii. 34: equally near (by birth), i. 123: metaph., eigi hefir honum jafnnærri gengit újafnaðr þeirra sem mér, Sturl. iii. 238: also jafn-nær, adj. equally nigh, not a whit the better, see (II) above. jafn-nætti, n. the equinox, 673. 54, Stj. 15. jafn-oki, a, m. = jafnmaki, an equal, a match for one, Sks. 22: a play-fellow, Stj. 497, Þiðr. 213. jafn-opt, adv. as often, Nj. 211, Rb. 566, Grág. i. 186. jafn-ótt, adj., neut. as adv., at the same, time, immediately. Pass. 20. 2: one after another, taka e-ð jafnótt og það kemr. jafn-rakkr, adj. as strong, as straight, Ld. 168. jafn-ramr, adj. as mighty, as great a wizard, Vþm. 2. jafn-rangr; adj. as wrong. jafn-ráðinn, part. equally determined, Grett. 149. jafn-reiðr, adj. equally angry, Háv. 52. jafn-rétti, n. an equal right. jafnréttis-maðr, m. a man with equal right, N. G. L. i. 31. jafn-réttr, adj. as right, as lawful, Edda 93, Grág. i. 18: of equal authority, Hkr. iii. 79. jafn-réttvíss, adj. equally just, Sks. 670. jafn-rífligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as large, Lv. 75. jafn-ríkr, adj. as rich, equally mighty. jafn-rjóðr, adj. as ruddy, Hkr. i. 102. jafn-rúmr, adj. equally large, Bjarn. jafn-ræði, n. an equal match, Fms. ii. 22, Glúm. 350, Nj. 49, Gþl. 215. jafn-röskr, adj. as brisk, as quick, Fms. iii. 225, vi. 96. jafn-saman, adv.; fyrir þessa hugsan alla jafnsaman, all at once, all together, Fms. i. 185, Ld. 326, Ó. H. 46, Stj. 86, 121, Barl. 191. jafn-sannr, adj. equally true, 671. 1, Edda 19, Stj. 471. jafn-sárr, adj. as sore, as smarting, Mar. jafn-seinn, adj. as slow. jafn-sekr, adj. just as guilty, Grág. ii. 64, 89. jafn-síðis, adv. along with. jafn-síðr, adj. as long, of a garment (síðr), Stj. 563. jafn-sjúkr, adj. as sick, Fms. v. 324. jafn-skammr, adj. as short, Al. 129. jafn-skarpliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as briskly, Nj. 199, v. l. jafn-skarpr, adj. as sharp, as keen. jafn-skipti, n. equal, fair dealing. jafn-skiptiliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally, mutually, Stj. 159. jafn-skiptr, part. equally shared. jafn-skjótr, adj. as swift, Fms. vii. 169, Rb. 454:—jafn-skjótt, neut. as adv. immediately, at once, Eg. 87, 291, 492, Fms. ii. 10; jafnskjótt sem, as soon as, Nj. 5, Barl. 176, Karl. 409, 441. jafn-skygn, adj. as clear-sighted, 655 xiii. A, Bjarn. 59. jafn-skyldliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as dutifully, Ver. 3. jafn-skyldr, adj. equally bound or obliged, Grág. ii. 362, 403, Gþl. 70, 477, Fms. vii. 274. jafn-sköruliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally bold, Nj. 199. jafn-slétta, u, f. even, level ground. jafn-sléttr, adj. equally level, Stj. 79: as easily, Fas. ii. 48. jafn-slægr, adj. as cunning, Fær. 99. jafn-snarpr, adj. (-snarpligr, adj., -liga, adv.), as sharp, Fms. vi. 156. jafn-snarr, adj. as alert. jafn-snart, adj., neut. as adv., as soon, instantly, Fas. iii. 434, Matth. xxvii. 48. jafn-snauðr, adj. as poor. jafn-snemma, adv. at the very same moment, of a coincidence, Eg. 425, Nj. 253, Fms. vi. 221; allir j., all at once, ix. 506, xi. 368 ( both together); vóru þessir atburðir margir jafnsnemma, en sumir litlu fyrr eðr síðar, Hkr. ii. 368. jafn-snjallr, adj. equal, Glúm., Bjarn. (in a verse). jafn-spakr, adj. equally wise, Hm. 53. jafn-sparr, adj. as saving, as close, Grág. i. 197, 222. jafn-sterkr, adj. as strong, Fms. i. 43. jafn-stirðr, adj. as stiff. jafn-stórlátr, adj. as proud, Ld. 116. jafn-stórliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as proudly, Ölk. 34. jafn-stórr, adj. as big, as great. jafn-stórættaðr, adj. of equally high birth, Fms. iv. 26. jafn-stríðr, adj. as hard, severe, Sks. 639. jafn-stuttr, adj. equally short, brief. jafn-syndligr, adj. as sinful, Sks. 674. jafn-sætr, adj. as sweet, Fb. i. 539. jafn-sætti, n. an agreement on equal terms, Nj. 21, Sturl. iii 253, Fb. i. 126. jafn-tamr, adj. equally alert. jafn-tefli, n. an equal, drawn game, Vígl. 32. jafn-tengdr, part. in equal degrees of affinity, Grág. ii. 183. jafn-tíðhjalat, n. part. as much talked about, Nj. 100. jafn-tíðrætt, n. adj. = jafntíðhjalat, Nj. 100. jafn-tíguliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally lordly, Fms. x. 109. jafn-títt, n. adj. as often, as frequent, Niðrst. 10. jafn-torogætr, adj. as rarely to be got, choice, Bs. i. 143. jafn-torsótligr, adj. as hard to get at, Fms. x. 358. jafn-trauðr, adj. as unwilling. jafn-traustr, adj. as much to be trusted, Fms. vi. 244. jafn-trúr, jafn-tryggr, adj. as faithful. jafn-undarligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as strange, Sks. 80. jafn-ungr, adj. as young, Fms. iii. 60, iv. 383. jafn-úbeint, n. adj. as far from the mark, of a bad shot, Fms. viii. 140. jafn-úfærr, adj. as unpassable, Sturl. iii. 163. jafn-úhefnisamr, adj. as tame, Rb. 366. jafn-úráðinn, part. as irresolute, Grett. 153. jafn-úspakr, adj. as unruly, Sturl. ii. 63. jafn-útlagr, adj. having to lay out the same fine, N. G. L. i. 158. jafn-vandhæfr, adj. as dangerous to keep, treat, Grág. i. 89. jafn-vandliga, adv. as carefully, Grág. ii. 249. jafn-varliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as warily, Fms. vii. 127. jafn-varmr, adj. as warm, Sks. 217. jafn-varr, adj. as well aware, as much on one’s guard, Dropl. 28. jafn-vaskliga, adv. as gallantly, Fms. vii. 127, Ld. 272. jafn-vaskligr, adj. as gallant. jafn-vaskr, adj. as bold, Str. 3. jafn-vátr, adj. equally wet. jafn-veginn, part. of full weight, Stj. 216. jafn-vegit, n. a law phrase, used when an equal number has been slain on both sides, in which case there were no further proceedings, Glúm. 383, Fas. ii. 208. jafn-vel, adv. as well, equally well, Nj. 48, Eg. 111, Gþl. 354: likewise, hafa fyrirgört fé ok friði ok jafnvel óðals-jörðum sínum, 142; en þenna eið skulu jafnvel biskupar ábyrgjask við Guð …, jafnvel sem ( as well as) hinir úlærðu, 57; jafnvel af sænum sem af landinu, Al. 2; ok jamvel sendir jarl þeim mönnum orð, sem …, Fms. xi. 120: even, dögföll um nætr jafnvel at heiðskírum veðrum, Stj. 17; jafnvel eptir þat er þau misgörðu, 40; jafnvel sýniliga, j. oss önduðum, 9, Bs. i. 549, Barl. 170, 176, Gísl. 83; this last sense is very freq. in mod. usage. jafn-velviljaðr, part. as well wishing, Sks. 312. jafn-vesall, adj. as wretched, Krók. 54. jafn-virði, n. equal wirth, Bs. i. 9, Al. 48. jafn-vægi, n. equal weight, equilibrium, Hkr. ii. 250, Fas. i. 121; bóandi ok húsfreyja j. sitt, i. e. both of them equally, N. G. L. i. 6. jafn-vægja, ð, to weigh the same as another, Fms. iii. 120. jafn-vægr, adj. of equal weight, Sks. 644. jafn-vænn, adj. equally fine, handsome, promising, Fms. x. 429, Sturl. iii. 67. jafn-vætta, t, to weigh against, counterbalance, Stj. 13, Þorst. Síðu H. 14. jafn-yrða, ð, with dat. to altercate, bandy words, Sturl. iii. 213. jafn-þarfr, adj. as useful, Arnor. jafn-þéttr, adj. pressed as closely together. jafn-þjófgefinn, adj. as thievish. jafn-þolinmóðr, adj. as patient, Rb. 366. jafn-þolinn, adj. as enduring. jafn-þreyttr, part. as weary. jafn-þrifinn, adj. as cleanly. jafn-þröngr, adj. as tight. jafn-þungr, adj. as heavy, pressing, Fms. v. 264, Stj. 278. jafn-þurr, adj. equally dry. jafn-þykkr, adj. as thick, Hkr. iii. 159. jafn-þyrstr, part. as thirsty. jafn-æfr, adj. as impetuous. jafn-æstr, part. equally excited, Band. 34 new Ed. jafn-örr, adj. as eager, as liberal. jafn-öruggr, adj. as firm, steadfast.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > JAFN
15 VERÐA

(verð; varð, urðum; orðinn, vorðinn), v.

1) to happen, come to pass;

ætluðu allir, at þeir myndi tala um mál sitt, en þat varð ekki, but it came not to pass, it was not so;

þá varð óp mikit at lögbergi, then there arose a great shout at the Lawhill;

2) verða e-m, to happen to, befall one (slikt verðr opt ungum mönnum);

þat varð Skarphéðni, at stökk í sundr skóþvengr hans, it happened to S. that his shoe-string snapped asunder;

sjaldan verðr víti vörum, the wary man will seldom make a slip;

e-m verðr þörf e-s, one comes to be in need of;

3) to happen to be, occur;

í lœk þann, er þar verðr, in the brook that happens to be there;

varð fyrir þeim fjörðr, they came on a fjord;

verða á leið e-s, to be on one’s path, happen to one;

4) verða brottu, to leave, absent oneself (þeir sá þann sinn kost líkastan at verða á brottu);

verða úti, to go away (verð úti ok drag ongan spott at oss);

to perish in a storm from cold (sumir urðu úti);

þeim þótti honum seint heim verða, they thought that he was long in coming home;

5) with acc. to lose;

kváðust okkr hafa orðit bæði, said that they had lost us both;

6) followed by a noun, a., pp., adv., as predicate, to become;

þá verðr þat þinn bani, it will be thy death;

verða glaðr, hryggr, reiðr, to become glad, sad, angry;

verða dauðr to die (áðr Haraldr inn hárfagri yrði dauðr) with participles;

ok varð ekki eptir honum gengit, he was not pursued;

verða þeir ekki fundnir, they could not be found;

blóð hans varð ekki stöðvat, the blood could not be staunched;

þeim varð litit til hafs, they happened to look seaward;

impers., e-m verðr bilt, one is amazed;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. lost his head, was paralysed;

with adverbs; hann varð vel við skaða sinn, he bore his loss well, like a man;

jarl varð illa við þetta, the earl was vexed by this;

7) with infin., denoting necessity, one must, needs, is forced, obliged to do;

þat verðr hverr at vinna, er ætlat er, every one must do the work that is set before him;

þar er bera verðr til grjót, where stones have to be carried;

verð ek nú flýja, now I must flee;

8) with preps., verða af e-u, to come to pass (var um rœtt, at hann skyldi leita fara, en eigi varð af);

varð ekki af ferðinni, the journey came to nought was given up;

verðr þetta af, at hann tekr við sveinunum, the end was that at last he took the boys;

starf ok kostnaðr varð af þessu, trouble and expenses arose from this;

livat verðr af e-u, what becomes of;

hvat varð af húnum mínum, what has become of my cubs?;

verða at e-u, to become (verða at undri, undrsjónum);

veiztu, hvat þér mun verða at bana, knowest thou what will be the cause of thy death?;

verða at engu, to come to nothing;

verða á, to come on, happen;

þvat sem á yrði síðan, whatever might happen later on;

e-m verðr á, one makes a blunder, mistake (þótti þér ekki á verða fyrir honum, er hann náði eigi fénu?);

verða eptir, to be left (honum varð þar eptir geit ok hafr);

verða fyrir e-u, to meet with (verða fyrir goða reiði);

to forebode (verða fyrir stórfundum);

verða fyrir e-m, to be in one’s way, as a hindrance (því meira sem oss verðr fyrir, því harðara skulu þér niðr koma);

verða í, to happen (tókust nú upp leikar sem ekki hefði í orðit);

verða til e-s, to come forth to do a thing, be ready to;

en sá er nefndr Hermóðr, er til þeirar farar varð, who undertook this journey;

verða við e-m, to respond to (bið ek þik, at þú verðir við mér, þó at engi sé verðleiki til).

* * *

pres. verð, verðr, verð; pret. varð, vart (mod. varðst), varð; pl. urðu; subj. yrði: imperat. verð; part. orðinn; pl. orðnir, spelt phonetically ornir, Niðrst. 6: in later vellums occur freq. the forms vurðu, vyrði, vorðinn, see Introd.; but the old poets use it for alliteration as if it began with a vowel: with neg. suff. verðr-at, Fm. 6; varð-at, Vþm. 38; urðu-a it, Gh. 3; urðu-t. Lex. Poët.: [Ulf. wairþan = γίγνεσθαι, ἔσεσθαι; A. S. weorðan; Old Engl. worth, as in the phrase ‘woe worth the day!’ Germ. werden; Dan. vorde; Swed. varda.]

A. To become, happen, come to pass; sá atburðr varð, at …, Ó. H. 196; varð hitt at lyktum, at …, 191; ef svá verðr, at …, Al. 20; ef svá verðr ( if it so happen), at ek deyja, Eg. 34; fundr þeirra varð á Rogalandi, 32; mörg dæmi hafa orðit í forneskju, Ó. H. 73; varð þar hin snarpasta orrosta. Eg. 297; at því sem nú er orðit, Blas. 46; þá varð ( arose) hlátr mikill, id.; varð óp mikit, Nj.; þat varð um síðir, and so they did at last, 240; er þetta allvel orðit, well done, well happened, 187; þau tíðendi eru hér vorðin, Fms. iv. 309 (orðin, Ó. H. 139, l. c.); þat varð ekki, but it came not to pass, Nj.

2. adding dat. to happen, to befall one; þat varð mér, it befell me, Ísl. ii. (in a verse); varð þeim af in mesta deila, Nj. 189; Eyjólfi varð orðfall, speechlessness befell E., he faltered, 225; þat varð Skarphéðni at stökk í sundr skóþvengr hans, 145; urðu þeim þegar in sömu undr, 21.

3. to blunder, make a slip; þat varð þinni konu, at hón átti mög við mér, Ls. 40; sjaldan verðr viti vörum, Hm. 6; þat verðr mörgum manni at um myrkvan staf villisk, Eg. (in a verse); skalat honum þat verða optarr enn um sinn … ef eigi verðr þeim optarr enn um sinn, Grág. (Kb.) i. 55; e-m verðr Þorf e-s, to come in need of, Hm. 149; ef þeim verðr nökkut er honum hefir fylgt, if anything should befall them, Hom. 65; annat man þér verða (another fate, death, will be thine), enn þú sprongir, Sturl. iii. 225; cp. verða úti, to perish in a storm from cold, Fms. vii. 122; sumir urðu úti, Bs. i. 71; verða til, to perish.

4. to happen to be, to occur, or the like; í læk þann er þar verðr, in the brook that happens to be there, Eg. 163; holt þat er þar verðr, 746; varð þá enn brátt á er þvers varð fyrir þeim, þá kölluðu þeir þverá, 132; varð fyrir þeim fjörðr, they came on a fiord, 130; verða á leið e-s, to be in one’s path, happen to one, Ó. H. 181; taka þat sem á leið hans verðr, Grág. ii. 346; verða á fætr, to fall on one’s, feet, Fb. iii. 301; verða ek á fitjum, Vkv. 27; þeim þótti honum seint heim verða, Fbr. 8 new Ed.: verða brottu, to leave, absent oneself; þeir sá þann sinn kost líkastan at verða á brottu, Fms. vii. 204; verð í brottu í stað, begone, Fs. 64: verða úti, id., Nj. 16.

II. followed by a noun, adjective, participle, adverb, as predicate; þá verðr þat þinn bani, Nj. 94; hann varð tveggja manna bani, he became the bane of, i. e. slew, two men, 97; hann mun verða engi jafnaðar-maðr, Ld. 24; ef hann vyrði konungr, Fms. i. 20; verða biskup, prestr …, Bs. i. passim; ok verðr eigi gjöf, ef …, it becomes not a gift, if …, Grág. (Kb.) i. 130; verða þær málalyktir, at …, the end was that …, Nj. 88: verða alls hálft annat hundrat, the whole amount becomes, Rb. 88; honum varð vísa á munni, Fms. xi. 144; varð henni þá ljóð á munni, Fb. i. 525; þat varð henni á munni er hón sá þetta, Sd. 139: hví henni yrði þat at munni, Fms. xi. 149; þá er í meðal verðr, when there is an interval, leisure, Skálda (Thorodd): cp. the mod. phrase, þegar í milli veiðr fyrir honum, of the empty hour; varð Skarpheðinn þar í millum ok gaflhlaðsins, S. was jammed in between, Nj. 203; prob. ellipt. = verða fastr.

2. with adjectives, to become so and so:

α. verða glaðr, feginn, hryggr, to become glad, fain, sad, Fms. i. 21, viii. 19, passim; verða langlífr, to be long-lived, Bs. i. 640; verða gamall, to become old, Nj. 85; verða sjúkr, veykr, to become sick; verða sjónlauss, blindr, to become blind, Eg. 759; verða ungr í annat sinn, Fms. i. 20; verða varr, to become aware (see varr); verða víss, Nj. 268; verða sekr, to become outlawed; verða vátr, to become wet, 15; verða missáttr við e-n, Landn. 150 (and so in endless instances): in the phrase, verða dauðr, to die; dauðr varð inn Húnski, Am. 98; áðr Haraldr inn Hárfagri yrði dauðr, Íb. 6; síðan Njáll var(ð) dauðr, Nj. 238, and a few more instances, very freq. on Runic stones, but now obsolete.

β. with participles; verða búinn, to be ready, Fms. vii. 121; verða þeir ekki fundnir, they could not be found, Gísl. 56; verða staddr við e-t, to be present, Eg. 744; in mod. usage with a notion of futurity, e. g. eg verð búinn á morgun, I shall be ready to-morrow; eg verð farinn um það. I shall be gone then: with neut, part., járn er nýtekit verðr ór afli, just taken out of the furnace, Sks. 209 B; varð ekki eptir honum gengit, he was not pursued, Nj. 270; þeim varð litið til hafs, they happened to look, 125; honum varð litið upp til hlíðarinnar, 112; blóð varð eigi stöðvat, the blood could not be stopped, Fms. i. 46, Nj. 210.

γ. phrases, e-m verðr bilt, to be amazed, Edda 29, Korm. 40, Nj. 169; verða felmt, 105; verða íllt við, hverft við, id.; Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. lost his head, was paralysed, as if stunned, Sturl. iii. 285.

3. with adverbs or adverbial phrases; ef þat bíðr at verða vet, Hm.; ma þetta verða vel þótt hitt yrði ílla, Nj.; verða verr enn til er stýrt, Róm. 321; hann varð vel við skaða sinn, bore it well, like a man, Eg. 76, Nj. 75; faðir hans varð ílla við þetta ( disliked it), ok kvað hann taka stein um megn sér, Fær. 58; jarl varð ílla við þetta, was much vexed by it, Fms. ix. 341; varð hann údrengiliga við sitt líflát, Ld. 234; hvernig varð hann við þá er þér rudduð skipið, Ó. H. 116; hversu Gunnarr varð við, how G. bore it, Nj. 82; verra verðr mér við, enn ek ætla at gott muni af leiða, 109; mér hefir orðit vel við þik í vetr, I have been pleased with thee this winter, Fms. vii. 112; eigi vildi ek svá við verða blóðlátið, fiskbleikr sem þú ert—Ek ætla, segir hinn, at þá myndir verr við verða ok ódrengiligar, 269; þar varð ílla með þeim, things went ill with them, they became enemies, Nj. 39: to behave, varð engum jafnvel til mín sem þessum, Fms. vii. 158; hann lætr sér verða á alla vega sem bezt til Áka, xi. 76; hann lét henni hafa orðit stórmannliga, Hkr. iii. 372.

III. with prepp., verða af; hvat er orðit af e-u, what is come of it? where is it? of a thing lost; segðu mér þat, hvat varð af húnum mínum, Vkv. 30; hvat af motrinum er orðit, Ld. 208; nú hverfr Óspakr á brott svá at eigi vitu menn hvat af honum verðr, Band. 5; varð ekki af atlögu búanda, Ó. H. 184; ekki mun af sættum verða, Fb. i. 126: to come to pass, varð ekki af eptir-för, it came to naught; varð því ekki af ferðinni, Ísl. ii. 247; Símon kvað þá ekki mundu af því verða, S. said that could not be, Fms. vii. 250; ok verðr þetta af, at hann tekr við sveinunum, the end was that at last he took the boys, Fær. 36; eigi mun þér þann veg af verða, Karl. 197:—verða at e-u, to come to; hvat þér mun verða at bana, what will be the cause of thy death, Nj. 85; verða at flugu, Fas. i. 353 (see ‘at’ C. I. α); verða at undri, skömm, honum varð ekki at því kaupi, the bargain came to naught for him, Al. 7; cp. the mod. honum varð ekki að því, it failed for him:—e-m verðr á (cp. á-virðing), to make a blunder, mistake; kölluðu þat mjök hafa vorðit á fyrir föður sínum, at hann tók hann til sín, Fs. 35; þótti þér ekki á verða fyrir honum er hann náði eigi fénu, Nj. 33; Þorkell settisk þá niðr, ok hafði hvárki orðit á fyrir honum áðr né síðan, 185; aldri varð á um höfðingskap hans, 33:—verða eptir, to be left, Rb. 126, Stj. 124, 595; honum varð þar eptir geit ok hafr, Hrafn. 1:—verða fyrir e-u, to be hit, be the object of; fyrir víginu hefir orðit Svartr, S. is the person killed, Nj. 53; verða fyrir öfund, görningum, to be the victim of, Lex. Poët.: e-m verðr lítið fyrir e-u, it costs one small effort (see fyrir):—verða til e-s, to come forth to do a thing, volunteer, or the like; en sá er nefndr Hermóðr er til þeirrar farar varð, Edda 37; til þess hefir engi orðit fyrr en þú, at skora mér á hólm, Ísl. ii. 225; en engi varð til þess, no one volunteered, Nj. 86; einn maðr varð til at spyrja, 82; þá verðr til ok svarar máli konungs sá maðr, er …, Odd. 12; hverr sem til verðr um síðir at koma þeim á réttan veg, Fb. i. 273: fengu þeir ekki samit, því at þeim varð mart til, many things happened, i. e. so as to bring discord, Sturl. ii. 17 C; mundi okkr Einari eigi annat smátt til orðit, Hrafn. 9; eigi varð verri maðr til, there was no worse man, Stj. 482:—verða við, to respond to; bið ek þik at þú verðir við mér þó at engi sé verðleiki til, Barl. 59; at hann beiddi Snorra ásjá, en ef hann yrði eigi við bað hann Gretti fara vestr, Grett. 112 new Ed.; verða við bæn e-s, to grant one’s request, passim.

IV. with infin., denoting necessity, one must, needs, one is forced, obliged to do; þat verðr hverr at vinna er ætlað er, Nj. 10; varð ek þá at selja Hrafni sjálfdæmi, Ísl. ii. 245; eða yrði þeir út at hafa þann ómaga, Grág. (Kb.) ii. 21; þat munu þér þá reyna verða, you must try, Fbr. 23 new Ed.; þar er bera verðr til grjót, where stones have to be carried, Grág. (Kb.) ii. 90; lágu hestarnir í kafi svá at draga varð upp, Eg. 546; en vita verð ek ( I must know) hvar til þetta heyrir, Fms. ii. 146; munu þér því verða annars-staðar á leita, Nj. 223; at hann man verða sækja á ókunn lönd, Fms. viii. 19; ok verðr af því líða yfir þat, it must be passed by, Post.; maðr verðr eptir mann lifa, a saying, Fas. ii. 552; verð ek nú flýja, Ó. H. 188; urðu þeir at taka við Kristni, 105; vér höfum orðit til at hætta lífi ok sálu, hefir margr saklauss orðit at láta, sumir féit ok sumir fjörit, 31, 32; vér munum verða lifa við öðrum veiði-mat, Hým. 16; verða at skiljask við e-n, Skv. 1. 24: the same verb twice, þá varð ek verða hapta, then came I to become a prisoner, Gkv. 1. 9; eg verð að verða eptir, I must stay behind.

B. Peculiar isolated phrases, in some of which ‘verða’ is probably a different word, viz. = varða (q. v.), having been confounded with verða; thus, verða, verðr (= varða, varðar), to be liable, are frequent occurrences as a law phrase in the Grág.; svá fremi verðr beitin, ii. 226; þeim manni verðr fjörbaugs-garðr, er …, 212.

2. the phrase, eigi verðr (= varðar) einn eiðr alla, see eiðr; also ymsar verðr sá er margar ferr, in many warfares there will be some defeats, Eg. 182.

3. to forfeit, lose, prop. of paying a fine or penalty; heit ek á þann félaga er mik lætr eigi slíkt verða, Vápn. 11; æti þik ormar, yrða ek þik, kykvan, that snakes ate thee alive, and that I lost thee, Am. 22; fullhuginu sá er varð dróttinn, the brave man bereft of his master, Sighvat (Ó. H. 236); ek hefi orðinn þann guðföður, er …, I have lost a godfather who …, Hallfred (Js. 210); hér skaltú lífit verða, here shall thou forfeit life, i. e. die, Sturl. iii. (in a verse).

4. the law phrase, verða síns, to suffer a loss; leiglendingr bæti honum allt þat er hann verðr síns fyrir lands-drottni (i. e. verðr missa), whatever he has to lose, whatever damage, Gþl. 362; þræll skal ekki verða síns um, N. G. L. i. 85; allt þat er hann verðr síns í, þá skal hinn bæta honum, Jb. 207 A; hann kvað þá ekki skyldu síns í verða (varða Ed.) um þetta mál, they should lose nothing, Rd. 253: vildi hann (viz. Herode) eigi verða heit sitt (= fyrir verða?), he would not forfeit, break his vow, Hom. 106.

C. Reflex.; at þær ræður skyldi eigi með tjónum verðask, to be lost, forgotten, Sks. 561 B.

2. recipr.; bræðr munu berjask ok at bönum verðask, Vsp. (Hb.); þá er bræðr tveir at bönum urðusk, Ýt. 11.

3. part.; eptir orðna þrimu geira, Ód.; hluti orðna ok úorðna, past and future, MS. 623. 13; kvenna fegrst ok bezt at sér orðin, Nj. 268; þeir vóru svó vorðnir sik (so shapen, Germ. beschaffen), at þeir höfðu …, Stj. 7; þeir eru svá vorðnir sik, at þeir hafa eitt auga í miðju enninu, 68.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VERÐA
16 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
17 voir

voir [vwaʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. transitive verb

2. intransitive verb

3. indirect transitive verb

4. reflexive verb

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 30

1. <

   a. to see

• je l'ai vu de mes propres yeux I saw it with my own eyes

• je l'ai vu comme je vous vois I saw him as plainly as I see you now

• vous n'avez encore rien vu ! you ain't seen nothing yet! (inf)

• voyons un peu comment tu fais let's see how you do it

• il la voit beaucoup he sees a lot of her

• je l'ai assez vu (inf) I've had enough of him (inf)

• il voit le directeur ce soir he's seeing the manager tonight

• j'ai vu la mort de près I've looked death in the face

• des meubles comme on en voit partout ordinary furniture

• c'est ce que nous verrons ! we'll see about that!

• c'est à vous de voir it's up to you to see

• on aura tout vu ! we've seen everything now!

• comment voyez-vous l'avenir ? how do you see the future?

• je ne vois pas ce que vous voulez dire I don't see what you mean

• il ne voit que son intérêt he only considers his own interest

► voir + infinitif

• nous les avons vus sauter we saw them jump

• je l'ai vu casser la fenêtre I saw him break the window

• je l'ai vu entrer I saw him coming in

• je voudrais la voir travailler plus I'd like to see her do more work

• ce journal a vu son tirage augmenter this newspaper has seen an increase in its circulation

• notre pays voit renaître le fascisme our country is witnessing the rebirth of fascism► aller voir to go and see

• aller voir qn à l'hôpital to go and see sb in hospital

• aller voir un film to go to a film

• va voir ailleurs si j'y suis ! (inf) get lost! (inf!)► faire voir ( = montrer) to show

• fais voir ! let me have a look!

• faites-moi voir ce dessin let me see the picture

• va te faire voir (ailleurs) ! (inf!) get lost! (inf!)

• qu'il aille se faire voir (chez les Grecs) ! (inf!) he can go to hell! (inf!)► à le (ou te etc) voir

• à le voir si joyeux seeing him look so happy

• à le voir, on ne lui donnerait pas 90 ans to look at him, you wouldn't think he was 90

   b. ( = pouvoir voir, imaginer)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque voir exprime une faculté, il est souvent traduit par can see.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• est-ce que tu le vois ? can you see it?

• tu me vois aller lui dire ça ? can you see me telling him that?

• je le vois mal habiter la banlieue I can't see him living in the suburbs

• je ne vois pas le problème I can't see what the problem is

• je ne vois pas comment ils auraient pu gagner I can't see how they could have won

• tu vois ça d'ici you can just imagine it

• il va encore protester, je vois ça d'ici he's going to start protesting again, I can see it coming

   c. ( = examiner, étudier) [+ dossier] to look at ; [+ circulaire] to read

   d. ( = supporter) (inf) elle ne peut pas le voir she can't stand him

• elle ne peut pas le voir en peinture she can't stand the sight of him

   e. (locutions)

• tu vas le faire tout de suite, vu ? (inf) you're going to do it straightaway, okay?

• vous m'en voyez ravi I'm delighted about that

• en faire voir de toutes les couleurs à qn to give sb a hard time

► façon de voir view of things

• nous n'avons pas la même façon de voir les choses we see things differently► c'est tout vu ! (inf) that's for sure!

► à voir

• c'est un film à voir it's a film worth seeing

• il a encore trois malades à voir he still has three patients to see

• à voir son train de vie, elle doit être très riche if her lifestyle is anything to go by, she must be very well-off

• il ne fera plus cette erreur -- c'est à voir he won't make the same mistake again -- we'll see► il n'y a qu'à voir

• il n'a pas de goût, il n'y a qu'à voir comment il s'habille he's got no taste, you only have to look at the clothes he wears► rien à voir

• ça n'a rien à voir that's got nothing to do with it

• je n'ai rien à voir dans cette affaire this has nothing to do with me► à voir avec

• cela a quelque chose à voir avec... this has got something to do with...

• son nouveau film ? rien à voir avec les précédents his new film? it's nothing like his previous work

• le résultat n'a plus grand-chose à voir avec le projet initial the result bears very little relation to the initial project► pour voir just to see

• essaie un peu, pour voir ! just you try!► passer voir

• passez me voir quand vous serez à Paris come and see me when you're in Paris

• je suis passé le voir I went to see him► vouloir + voir

• je veux voir ça ! I want to see that!

• je voudrais t'y voir ! I'd like to see you try!

• tu aurais dû refuser ! -- j'aurais voulu t'y voir ! you should have said no! -- I'd like to see what you'd have done!► bien voir

• nous allons bien voir ! we'll soon find out!

• on verra bien we'll see► voir venir ( = attendre les événements) to wait and see

• j'ai quelques économies, ça me permettra de voir venir (inf) I've got some savings which should be enough to see me through (inf)

• on va perdre, ça je le vois venir (gros comme une maison) (inf) ( = prévoir) we're going to lose, I can see it coming (a mile off (inf))

• je te vois venir (avec tes gros sabots) (inf) I can see what you're leading up to► se faire mal voir

• si elle ne revient pas travailler lundi, elle va se faire mal voir if she doesn't come back to work on Monday, it won't look too good

2. <

   a. to see

• voir mal to have trouble seeing

• on voit mal ici it's difficult to see in here

• voir trouble to have blurred vision

• il a vu grand he had big ideas

• dis-moi voir... tell me...

• essaie voir ! (inf) just you try it!

• regarde voir ce qu'il a fait ! (inf) just look what he's done!

• un peu de charité, voyons ! (rappel à l'ordre) come on now, let's be charitable!

• voyons voyons ! let's see now !

• c'est trop lourd pour toi, voyons ! come on now, it's too heavy for you!

3. <

• voir à ( = veiller à) (literary) to make sure that

• il faudra voir à ce qu'il obéisse we must make sure he does as he's told

4. <

► se voir

   a. (soi-même) to see o.s.

• se voir dans une glace to see oneself in a mirror

• elle se voyait déjà célèbre she pictured herself already famous

• je me vois mal habiter là I can't see myself living there somehow

• il la trouve moche -- il ne s'est pas vu ! he thinks she's ugly -- has he looked in the mirror lately?

   b. (mutuellement) to see each other

• ils se voient beaucoup they see a lot of each other

• nous essaierons de nous voir à Londres we'll try to meet in London

• ils ne peuvent pas se voir (inf) they can't stand the sight of each other (inf)

   c. ( = se trouver) se voir contraint de to find o.s. forced to

• je me vois dans la triste obligation de... I have the sad task of...

   d. ( = être visible) [tache, couleur, sentiments] to show

• la tache ne se voit pas the stain doesn't show

   e. ( = se produire) cela se voit tous les jours it happens every day

• cela ne s'est jamais vu ! it's unheard of!

   f. (fonction passive) ils se sont vu interdire l'accès du musée they were refused admission to the museum

• je me suis vu répondre que c'était trop tard I was told that it was too late

* * *
vwaʀ
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( percevoir par les yeux) to see [personne, objet]

je n'y vois rien — I can't see a thing

je les ai vus comme je te vois! — I saw them as plainly as I see you standing there!

à la voir si triste — when you see her so sad

à le voir, on le prendrait pour un clochard — to look at him, you'd think he was a tramp

faire voir quelque chose à quelqu'un — to show somebody something

laisser voir quelque chose — to show something

voir quelque chose en rêve — to dream about something

2) (être spectateur, témoin de) [personne] to see [film, incident]; [lieu] to see [événement, évolution]

la ville qui l'a vue naître — her native town

le film est à voir — the film is worth seeing

c'est beau à voir — it's beautiful to look at

ce n'est pas beau à voir — it's not a pretty sight

je voudrais bien t'y voir! — I'd like to see how you'd get on!

on n'a jamais vu ça! — it's unheard of!

on aura tout vu! — could you ever have imagined such a thing!

voyez-moi ça! — just look at that!

3) ( se figurer) to see

j'ai vu le moment où il allait m'étrangler — I thought he was about to strangle me

je vois ça d'ici — I can just imagine

4) ( juger) to see

c'est ma façon de voir (les choses) — that's the way I see things

c'est à toi de voir — it's up to you to decide

voir favorablement quelque chose — to be favourably [BrE] disposed toward(s) something

tu vas te faire mal voir de Sophie — Sophie is going to think badly of you

5) (comprendre, déceler) to see [moyen, avantage]

je ne vois pas qui tu veux dire — I don't know who you mean

si tu n'y vois pas d'inconvénient — if it's all right with you

on voit bien qu'elle n'a jamais travaillé! — you can tell she's never worked!

6) (constater, découvrir) to see

voir si/pourquoi — to find out ou to see if/why

on verra bien — well, we'll see

‘je ne paierai pas!’ - ‘c'est ce que nous verrons!’ — ‘I won't pay!’ - ‘we shall see about that!’

c'est à voir — that remains to be seen

touches-y, pour voir! — ( menace) you just touch it!

7) (examiner, étudier) to see [malade]; to look at [problème, dossier]

8) (recevoir, se rendre chez) to see [client, médecin, ami]

je passerai la voir demain — I'll call on her tomorrow

9) ( visiter) to see [ville, monument]

voir du pays — to see the world

10) ( avoir un rapport avec)

avoir quelque chose à voir avec — to have something to do with

2.

voir à verbe transitif indirect ( veiller à) to see to

voyez à ce que tout soit prêt — see to it ou make sure that everything is ready

3.

verbe intransitif

1) ( avec les yeux)

voir, y voir — to be able to see

je or j'y vois à peine — I can hardly see

je vois trouble — everything is a blur

2) ( par l'esprit)

voir clair dans quelque chose — to have a clear understanding of something

voir loin — ( être prévoyant) to look ahead; ( être perspicace) to be far-sighted

voir grand — to think big

elle a vu juste — she was right

il faut voir — (colloq) ( ça mérite réflexion) we'll have to see

3) ( rappel à l'ordre)

voyons, sois sage! — come on now, behave yourself!

4.

se voir verbe pronominal

1) (dans la glace, en imagination) to see oneself

il s'est vu sombrer dans la folie — he realized he was going mad

2) ( se remarquer) [tache, défaut] to show

la tour se voit de loin — the tower can be seen from far away

cela se voit tous les jours — it happens all the time ou every day

ça ne s'est jamais vu! — it's unheard of!

3) ( se trouver)

se voir obligé or dans l'obligation de faire quelque chose — to find oneself forced to do

4) ( se fréquenter) to see each other

ils ne peuvent pas se voir (en peinture (colloq)) — they can't stand each other

••

ne pas voir plus loin que le bout de son nez — to see no further than the end of one's nose

je préfère voir venir — (colloq) I would rather wait and see

on t'a vu venir! — (colloq) they/we saw you coming! (colloq)

je te vois venir — (colloq) I can see what you're getting at GB ou where you're coming from (colloq)

je t'ai assez vu — I've had enough of you

en voir de toutes les couleurs — to go through some hard times

j'en ai vu d'autres — I've seen worse

en faire voir à quelqu'un — to give somebody a hard time

qu'il aille se faire voir! — (colloq) tell him to get lost! (colloq)

il ferait beau voir ça! — that would be the last straw!

* * *
vwaʀ
1. vi

1) (sens littéral) to see

D'ici, on voit mieux. — You can see better from here.

voir loin fig — to be far-sighted

faites voir — show me, let me see

2) (prendre le temps de réfléchir) to see

Voyons ce qu'on peut faire. — Let's see what we can do.

il faut voir — we'll have to see

3) (autres locutions)

regardez voir — just look

montrez voir — show me

dites voir — tell me

voyons voir — let's see now

voyons! (indignation) — come on!

Voyons, sois raisonnable! — Come on, be reasonable!

ni vu ni connu! — what the eye doesn't see...!, no one will be any the wiser

c'est tout vu — it's a foregone conclusion

2. vt

1) (= distinguer) to see

D'ici, on voit bien le Mont-Blanc. — You can see Mont Blanc clearly from here., You get a good view of Mont Blanc from here.

2) (= regarder) to see

faire voir qch à qn — to show sb sth

Il m'a fait voir sa collection de timbres. — He showed me his stamp collection.

3) (= être témoin de) to see

J'ai vu des cas semblables. — I have seen similar cases.

Je les ai vu humiliés. — I saw them humiliated.

4) (= rendre visite à) to see

Venez me voir quand vous serez à Paris. — Come and see me when you're in Paris.

5) (= comprendre) to see

Je ne vois pas pourquoi il a fait ça. — I don't see why he did that.

6) (= imaginer) to see

Je la voyais déjà en patronne de multinationale. — I could see her as the big boss of a multinational corporation.

7) (= supporter)

ne pas pouvoir voir qn fig — not to be able to stand sb, not to be able to stand the sight of sb

Je ne peux vraiment pas la voir. — I really can't stand her., I really can't stand the sight of her.

8) (autres locutions)

en faire voir à qn — to give sb a hard time

avoir quelque chose à voir avec — to have something to do with

n'avoir rien à voir avec — to have nothing to do with

Ça n'a rien à voir avec lui, c'est entre toi et moi. — It's nothing to do with him, it's between you and me.

attendons de voir venir — let's wait and see what happens

je te vois venir! ironique — I can see what you're getting at!, I can see what you're after!

voir à faire qch (= s'assurer que) — to see to it that sth is done

c'est ce qu'on va voir! — we'll see about that!

c'est à voir! — we'll see!

* * *

voir verb table: voir

A vtr

1 ( percevoir par les yeux) to see [personne, objet]; dis-moi ce que tu vois gén tell me what you see; je ne vois rien I can't ou don't see anything; je n'y vois rien I can't see a thing; il faut le voir pour le croire it has to be seen to be believed; je les ai vus de mes propres yeux or de mes yeux vu! I saw them with my own eyes!; je les ai vus comme je te vois! I saw them as plainly as I see you standing there!; que vois-je! liter what's this I see?; à la voir si triste when you see her so sad; à le voir, on le prendrait pour un clochard to look at him, you'd think he was a tramp; faire voir qch à qn to show sb sth; laisser voir son ignorance to show one's ignorance; sa jupe fendue laissait voir ses cuisses her slit skirt showed her thighs; voir qch en rêve to dream about sth; ⇒ mûr;

2 (être spectateur, témoin de) [personne] to see [film, incident, événement]; [période, lieu, organisation] to see [événement, évolution, changement]; aller voir un film to go to see a film GB ou movie US; nous voyons les prix augmenter we see prices rising; je les ai vus partir/qui partaient I saw them leave/leaving; on l'a vue entrer she was seen going in, someone saw her go in; la voiture qu'il a vue passer the car he saw go by; la ville qui l'a vue naître her native town, the town where she was born; le film est à voir the film is worth seeing; c'est triste/intéressant à voir it' s sad/interesting to see; c'est beau à voir it's beautiful to look at; ce n'est pas beau à voir it's not a pretty sight; il faut voir comment○! you should see how!; j'aurais voulu que tu voies ça! you should have seen it!; je voudrais bien t'y voir! I'd like to see how you'd get on!; a-t-on jamais vu pareille audace! have you ever seen such cheek!; on n'a jamais vu ça! it's unheard of!; et vous n'avez encore rien vu! you ain't seen nothing yet○! hum; qu'est-ce qu'il ne faut pas voir, on aura tout vu! could you ever have imagined such a thing!; voyez-moi ça! just look at that!;

3 ( se figurer) to see; comment vois-tu l'avenir? how do you see the future?; je le vois or verrais bien enseignant I can just see him as a teacher; je ne la vois pas faire ça toute sa vie I can't see her doing it forever; voir sa vie comme un désastre to view one's life as a disaster; on voit bien comment it's easy to see how; on ne voit guère comment, on voit mal comment it's difficult to see how; j'ai vu le moment où il allait m'étrangler I thought he was about to strangle me; je vois ça d'ici I can just imagine; tu vois un peu s'il arrivait maintenant! just imagine, if he turned up now!;

4 ( juger) to see; c'est ma façon de voir (les choses) that's the way I see things; je ne partage pas ta façon de voir I see things differently from you; voir en qn un ami to see sb as a friend; je ne vois pas qu'il y ait lieu d'intervenir I don't see any reason to intervene; c'est à toi de voir it's up to you to decide; voir favorablement une réforme to be favourably^GB disposed toward(s) a reform; tu vas te faire mal voir de Sophie Sophie is going to think badly of you; je te vois mal parti you're heading for trouble;

5 (comprendre, déceler) to see [cause, moyen, avantage] (dans in); je vois I see; je vois ce que tu veux dire I see what you mean; je ne vois pas qui tu veux dire I don't know who you mean; tu vois où elle veut en venir? do you see what she's getting at?; je ne vois pas où est le problème I can't see the problem; je ne vois pas l'intérêt d'attendre I can't see the point of waiting; je n'y vois aucun mal I see no harm in it; je ne vois aucun mal à ce qu'elle signe I see no harm in her signing; si tu n'y vois pas d'inconvénient if it's all right with you, if you have no objection; tu ne vois pas qu'il ment? can't ou don't you see that he's lying? ; on voit bien qu'elle n'a jamais travaillé! you can tell ou it's obvious that she's never worked!; je le vois à leur attitude I can tell by their attitude; à quoi le vois- tu? how can you tell?;

6 (constater, découvrir) to see; comme vous le voyez as you can see; à ce que je vois from what I can see; voir si/combien/pourquoi to find out ou to see if/how much/why; vois si c'est sec see if it's dry; vois si ça leur convient find out ou see if it suits them; on verra bien well, we'll see; ‘je ne paierai pas!’-‘c'est ce que nous verrons!’ ‘I won't pay!’-‘we shall see about that!’; c'est à voir that remains to be seen; j'ai fait ça pour voir I did it to see what would happen; essaie pour voir try and see!; essaie un peu/touches-y, pour voir! ( menace) you just try it/touch it!; vous m'en voyez ravi I am delighted about it;

7 (examiner, étudier) to see [malade]; to look at [problème, dossier]; ( dans un texte) voir page 10/le mode d'emploi see page 10/instructions for use; je verrai (ce que je peux faire) I'll see (what I can do); voyons let's see;

8 (recevoir, se rendre chez, fréquenter) to see [client, médecin, ami]; je le vois peu en ce moment I don't see much of him at the moment; aller voir qn gén to go to see sb; ( à l'hôpital) to go to visit sb; je passerai la voir demain I'll call on her tomorrow, I'll pop in and see her tomorrow;

9 ( visiter) to see [ville, monument]; voir du pays to see the world;

10 ( avoir un rapport avec) avoir quelque chose à voir avec to have something to do with; ça n'a rien à voir! that's got nothing to do with it!; il n'a rien à voir là-dedans or à y voir it's got nothing to do with him. ⇒ chandelle.

B voir à vtr ind fml ( veiller à) to see (à to); voyez à ce que tout soit prêt see to it ou make sure that everything is ready; faudrait voir à réserver des places○ we ought to see about reserving ou booking GB seats; voyez à réserver les places make sure you reserve ou book GB the seats.

C vi

1 ( avec les yeux) voir, y voir to be able to see; est-ce qu'un bébé (y) voit à la naissance? can a baby see at birth?; je or j'y vois à peine I can hardly see; (y) voir double to see double; je vois trouble everything is a blur; voir loin lit to see a long way off;

2 ( par l'esprit) (y) voir clair dans qch to have a clear understanding of sth; voir loin ( être prévoyant) to look ahead; ( être perspicace) to be far-sighted; voir grand to think big; elle a vu juste she was right; il faut voir ( ça mérite réflexion) we'll have to see; ( c'est incroyable) you wouldn't believe it;

3 ( pour insister) voyons voir let's see now; regardez voir take a look; dites voir tell me; montrez voir show me;

4 ( en incise) vois-tu, voyez-vous you see;

5 ( rappel à l'ordre) voyons, sois sage! come on now, behave yourself!

D se voir vpr

1 (dans la glace, en imagination) to see oneself; elle se voyait déjà sur les planches she could already see herself on the stage;

2 ( être conscient de) to realize; il s'est vu sombrer dans la folie he realized he was going mad;

3 ( se remarquer) [tache, défaut] to show; ça se voit it shows; ça ne se voit pas qu'un peu○! it sticks out a mile!;

4 ( se produire) cela se voit tous les jours it happens all the time ou every day; cela ne se voit pas tous les jours it isn't something you see every day; ça ne s'est jamais vu! it's unheard of!;

5 ( se trouver) se voir obligé or dans l'obligation de faire qch to find oneself forced to do; ils se sont vu répondre que they were told that;

6 (se rencontrer, se fréquenter) to see each other;

7 ( sympathiser) ils ne peuvent pas se voir they can't stand each other;

8 ( être vu) to be seen; la tour se voit de loin the tower can be seen from far away;

9 ○ s'en voir to have a hard time (pour faire doing).

Idiomes

ne pas voir plus loin que le bout de son nez to see no further than the end of one's nose; je préfère voir venir I would rather wait and see; on t'a vu venir○! they saw you coming○!; je te vois venir○ I can see what you're getting at GB ou where you're coming from○; je ne peux pas le voir (en peinture)○ I can't stand him; je t'ai assez vu I've had enough of you; en voir de belles or de toutes les couleurs to go through some hard times; j'en ai vu d'autres I've seen worse; en faire voir à qn to give sb a hard time; va te faire voir (ailleurs)○, va voir ailleurs or là-bas si j'y suis○! get lost○!; qu'il aille se faire voir○! tell him to get lost○!; il ferait beau voir ça! that would be the last straw!

[vwar] verbe transitif

A.[PERCEVOIR AVEC LES YEUX]

1. [distinguer] to see

PHYSIOLOGIE to (be able to) see

il ne voit rien de l'œil gauche he can't see anything with his ou he's blind in the left eye

grand-mère ne voit plus rien grandma's lost her sight

je voyais ses cartes I could see his cards

il faut le voir pour le croire! you have to see it to believe it!

à les voir, on ne dirait pas qu'ils roulent sur l'or to look at them, you wouldn't think they were rolling in it

à la voir si souriante, on ne dirait pas qu'elle souffre when you see how cheerful she is, you wouldn't think she's in pain

voir quelqu'un faire ou qui fait quelque chose to see somebody do ou doing something

elle m'a fait voir sa robe de mariée she showed me her wedding dress

fais voir! let me see!, show me!

voir le jour

a. [bébé] to be born

b. [journal] to come out

c. [théorie, invention] to appear

comme je vous vois: je les ai vues comme je vous vois I saw them with my own eyes

faut voir (ça) (familier) : il était habillé, faut voir! you should have seen what he was wearing!

il faut la voir lui répondre, il faut voir comment elle lui répond you should see the way she speaks to him

voir venir: je te vois venir, tu veux de l'argent! (familier) I can see what you're leading up to ou getting at, you want some money!

le garagiste m'a fait payer 800 euros — il t'a vu venir! (familier) the mechanic charged me 800 euros — he saw you coming!

Noël n'est que dans trois semaines, on a le temps de voir venir! Christmas isn 't for another three weeks, we've got plenty of time!

2. [assister à - accident, événement] to witness, to see ; [ - film, spectacle] to see

c'est vrai, je l'ai vue le faire it's true, I saw her do it

je l'ai vu faire des erreurs I saw him making ou make mistakes

à voir well worth seeing

c'est un film à voir absolument that film is a must

ici, les terrains ont vu leur prix doubler en cinq ans land prices here doubled over five years

tu n'as encore rien vu you haven't seen anything yet

n'avoir rien vu to be wet behind the ears ou green

on aura tout vu! that beats everything!

en voir: j'en ai vu d'autres! I've seen worse!, I've been through worse!

ils en ont vu, avec leur aînée! their oldest girl really gave them a hard time!

il en a vu de toutes les couleurs ou des vertes et des pas mûres (familier) ou de belles ou de drôles he's been through quite a lot

en faire voir (de toutes les couleurs) à quelqu'un (familier) to give somebody a hard time, to lead somebody a merry dance

pour voir: mets de l'eau dessus pour voir pour some water on it, just to see what happens

j'ai fait du chinois pendant un an pour voir I studied Chinese for a year just to see how I got on

répète un peu, pour voir! (you) DARE say that again!

vas te faire voir! (très familier) push off!

3. [trouver - spécimen] to see, to find, to encounter (soutenu) ; [ - qualité] to see

un homme galant comme on n'en voit plus the kind of gentleman they don't make any more

4. [inspecter - appartement] to see, to view ; [ - rapport] to see, to (have a) look at ; [ - leçon] to go ou to look over

[remarquer] to see, to notice

ne pas voir: il préfère ne pas voir ses infidélités he prefers to turn a blind eye to ou to shut his eyes to her affairs

elle me regarde mais ne me voit pas she stares at me but doesn't see me

[visiter] to see, to visit

qui n'a pas vu l'Égypte n'a rien vu unless you've seen Egypt, you haven't lived

5. [consulter, recevoir - ami, médecin] to see

le médecin va vous voir dans quelques instants the doctor will be with ou see you in a few minutes

il faut voir un psychiatre, mon vieux! (familier & figuré) you need your head examined, old man!

aller voir to go to

je dois aller voir le médecin I've got to go to the doctor's

je vais aller voir mes amis I'm going to go and see my friends

[fréquenter] to see

[être en présence de]

je la vois chaque jour I see her every day

va-t-en, je t'ai assez vu! (familier) go away, I've seen ou had enough of you!

6. [se référer à]

voir illustration p. 7 see diagram p 7

voyez l'horaire des trains check ou consult the train timetable

B.[PENSER, CONCEVOIR]

1. [imaginer] to see, to imagine, to picture

le pull est trop large — je te voyais plus carré que cela the jumper is too big — I thought you had broader shoulders

je nous vois mal gagner le match I can't see us winning the match

voir d'ici quelqu'un/quelque chose: lui confier le budget? je vois ça d'ici! ask him to look after the budget? I can just see it!

2. [concevoir - méthode, solution] to see, to think of

je ne vois pas comment je pourrais t'aider I can't see how I could help you

vous voyez quelque chose à ajouter? can you think of anything else (which needs adding)?

je ne vois pas de mal à cela I don't see any harm in it

voir quelque chose d'un mauvais œil, ne pas voir quelque chose d'un bon œil to be displeased about something

voir quelque chose/quelqu'un avec les yeux de: elle le voit avec les yeux de l'amour she sees him through a lover's eyes

(en usage absolu)

pose-moi n'importe quelle question — bon, je vais voir ask me anything — let's see ou let me think

il faut trouver un moyen! — je ne vois pas we must find a way! — I can't think of one ou anything

3. [comprendre - danger, intérêt] to see

tu vois ce que je veux dire? do you see ou understand what I mean?

je ne vois pas ce qu'il y a de drôle! I can't see what's so funny!, I don't get the joke!

je n'en vois pas l'utilité I can't see the point of it

il est directeur de banque — je vois! he's a bank manager — I see!

4. [constater] to see, to realize

tu vois que mes principes n'ont pas changé as you can see, my principles haven't changed

elle ne nous causera plus d'ennuis — c'est ou ça reste à voir she won't trouble us any more — that remains to be seen ou that's what YOU think!

5. [considérer, prendre en compte] to see, to consider, to take into account

ils ne voient que leur intérêt they only consider their own interest

6. [examiner] to see, to check

nous prenons rendez-vous? — voyez cela avec ma secrétaire shall we make an appointment? — arrange that with my secretary

voyez si l'on peut changer l'heure du vol see ou check whether the time of the flight can be changed

c'est à ou il faut voir: j'irai peut-être, c'est à voir I might go, I'll have to see

les photos seraient mieux en noir et blanc — hum, il faut voir the pictures would look better in black and white — mm, maybe (maybe not)

7. [juger] to see

tu n'es pas sur place, tu vois mal la situation you're not on the spot, your view of the situation is distorted

se faire bien/mal voir: se faire bien voir de quelqu'un to make oneself popular with somebody

se faire mal voir de quelqu'un to make oneself unpopular with somebody

8. (locution)

avoir à voir avec [avoir un rapport avec]: je voudrais vous parler: ça a à voir avec notre discussion d'hier I would like to speak to you: it's to do with what we were talking about yesterday

n'avoir rien à voir avec [n'avoir aucun rapport avec]: l'instruction n'a rien à voir avec l'intelligence education has nothing to do with intelligence

je n'ai rien à voir avec la famille des Bellechasse I'm not related at all to the Bellechasse family

cela n'a rien à voir avec le sujet that's irrelevant, that's got nothing to do with it

ça n'a rien à voir: tu parles de grèves, mais ça n'a rien à voir! you talk about strikes but that has nothing to do with it!

tu vois, vous voyez: tu vois, je préférais ne rien savoir I preferred to remain in the dark, you see

je te l'avais dit, tu vois! what did I tell you!

tu verras, tu verrais: essaie de recommencer et tu verras! just (you) try it again and see!

tu verrais, si j'avais encore mes jambes! if my legs were still up to it, there'd be no holding ou stopping me!

attendez voir (familier) hang on, wait a sec

dis voir, où est le calendrier? (familier) tell me, where's the calendar?

écoute voir, on va y aller ensemble, d'accord? (familier) listen, let's go together, OK?

essaie voir!

a. (familier) [encouragement] go on, have a try!

b. [défi] (you) just try!, don't you dare!

regardez voir (familier) (just) look at that

voyons voirou regardons voir ce que tu as comme note (familier) let's just have a look and see what mark you got

voyez-vous cela ou ça!: une moto à 14 ans, voyez-vous ça! a motorbike at 14, whatever next!

voyons! come (on) now!

un peu de courage, voyons! come on, be brave!

voyons, tu n'espères pas que je vais te croire! you don't seriously expect me to believe you, do you?

————————

[vwar] verbe intransitif

A.[PERCEVOIR LA RÉALITÉ - SENS PROPRE ET FIGURÉ]

1. PHYSIOLOGIE to (be able to) see

il ne voit que d'un œil he can only see out of one eye

elle ne ou n'y voit plus she can't see ou she's blind now

[exercer sa vue] to see

il ne sait pas voir he just doesn't use his powers of observation

voir bien to see clearly, to have good eyesight

voir mal to have poor eyesight

voir double to have double vision

2. [juger]

encore une fois, tu as vu juste you were right, once again

voir faux to have poor judgement

ne voir que par les yeux de quelqu'un to see everything through somebody's eyes

B.jeux [pour une mise]

aller ou jouer ou mettre sans voir to play ou to bet blind

20 euros, pour voir 20 euros, and I'll see you

————————

voir à verbe plus préposition

[veiller à]

voir à faire quelque chose to see to it ou to make sure ou to ensure that something is done

il faudrait voir à ranger ta chambre/payer tes dettes you'd better tidy up your room/clear your debts

voir à ce que quelque chose soit fait to see to it ou to make sure ou to ensure that something is done

————————

se voir verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)

1. [se contempler] to (be able to) see oneself

il s'est vu mourir (figuré) he knew he was dying

2. [s'imaginer] to see ou to imagine ou to picture oneself

elle se voyait déjà championne! she thought the championship was hers already!

je ne me vois pas lui demander une augmentation I (just) can't see myself asking her for a rise

————————

se voir verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)

[se rencontrer] to see each other

————————

se voir verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

1. [être visible, évident - défaut] to show, to be visible ; [ - émotion, gêne] to be visible, to be obvious, to be apparent

il porte une perruque, ça se voit bien you can tell he wears a wig

2. [se manifester - événement] to happen ; [ - attitude, coutume] to be seen ou found

ça se voit couramment it's commonplace

————————

se voir verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [se trouver]

se voir dans l'impossibilité de faire quelque chose to find oneself unable to do something

se voir dans l'obligation de... to find oneself obliged to...

leur équipe s'est vue reléguée à la 15^e place their team saw themselves drop to 15th position

les crédits se verront affectés à la rénovation des locaux the funds will be used to renovate the building

2. (suivi d'un infinitif)

se voir interdire l'inscription à un club to be refused membership to a club

il s'est vu retirer son permis de conduire sur-le-champ he had his driving licence taken away from him on the spot

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > voir

См. также в других словарях:

Thing (assembly) — Folkmoot redirects here. For the festival, see Folkmoot USA. Further information: Medieval Scandinavian laws Germanic thing, drawn after the depiction in a relief of the Column of Marcus Aurelius (AD 193) A thing (Old Norse, Old English and Ice … Wikipedia

For One More Day — is a 2006 novel taken place during the mid 1900 s by the acclaimed sportswriter and author Mitch Albom. It opens with the novel s protagonist planning to commit suicide. His adulthood is shown to have been rife with sadness. His own daughter didn … Wikipedia

One Life Stand — Studio album … Wikipedia

One Hot Minute — Studio album by The Red Hot Chili Peppers Released September 12, 1995 … Wikipedia

Article One of the United States Constitution — United States of America This article is part of the series: United States Constitution Original text of the Constitution Preamble Articles of the Constitution I … Wikipedia

Out of one's own head — Head Head (h[e^]d), n. [OE. hed, heved, heaved, AS. he[ a]fod; akin to D. hoofd, OHG. houbit, G. haupt, Icel. h[ o]fu[eth], Sw. hufvud, Dan. hoved, Goth. haubi[thorn]. The word does not correspond regularly to L. caput head (cf. E. {Chief},… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

To be out of one's head — Head Head (h[e^]d), n. [OE. hed, heved, heaved, AS. he[ a]fod; akin to D. hoofd, OHG. houbit, G. haupt, Icel. h[ o]fu[eth], Sw. hufvud, Dan. hoved, Goth. haubi[thorn]. The word does not correspond regularly to L. caput head (cf. E. {Chief},… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

To give one the head — Head Head (h[e^]d), n. [OE. hed, heved, heaved, AS. he[ a]fod; akin to D. hoofd, OHG. houbit, G. haupt, Icel. h[ o]fu[eth], Sw. hufvud, Dan. hoved, Goth. haubi[thorn]. The word does not correspond regularly to L. caput head (cf. E. {Chief},… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

To lose one's head — Head Head (h[e^]d), n. [OE. hed, heved, heaved, AS. he[ a]fod; akin to D. hoofd, OHG. houbit, G. haupt, Icel. h[ o]fu[eth], Sw. hufvud, Dan. hoved, Goth. haubi[thorn]. The word does not correspond regularly to L. caput head (cf. E. {Chief},… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

To show one's head — Head Head (h[e^]d), n. [OE. hed, heved, heaved, AS. he[ a]fod; akin to D. hoofd, OHG. houbit, G. haupt, Icel. h[ o]fu[eth], Sw. hufvud, Dan. hoved, Goth. haubi[thorn]. The word does not correspond regularly to L. caput head (cf. E. {Chief},… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Elvis Presley — For other uses, see Elvis (disambiguation) and Elvis Presley (disambiguation). Elvis Presley … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

to be much obliged to one for a thing

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

to be much obliged to one for a thing

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: